components/mercurial/patches/manpages.patch
changeset 821 5450c885c205
parent 400 675bae2e4833
child 1637 54bd5ac8db85
equal deleted inserted replaced
820:60113d90e478 821:5450c885c205
     1 --- mercurial-1.8.2/doc/hg.1	Fri Apr  1 10:42:06 2011
     1 rst2man does a poor job of creating man pages that can be read on Solaris.
     2 +++ mercurial-1.8.2/doc/hg.1	Fri Apr  1 11:18:00 2011
     2 Some of the changes in this patch make the Solaris *roff tools do the right
       
     3 thing:
       
     4 
       
     5   - Getting rid of the rst2man header before the SYNOPSIS
       
     6 
       
     7   - Changing "\(aq" to "'", and making sure that single quotes don't start
       
     8     a line (at least in a couple of places where it's not safe)
       
     9 
       
    10   - Changing ".ft C" and ".ft P" to simply ".ft"
       
    11 
       
    12   - Removing "\%" and "\:"
       
    13 
       
    14 Groff also makes hash of an .IP terminated by .RE (the .RE sends the
       
    15 following paragraphs all the way to the left margin, rather than simply
       
    16 terminating the indented paragraph).  It needs a preceding .RS to do the
       
    17 right thing, and .RS 0 seems to give the best effect.  Probably most
       
    18 .INDENT/.UNINDENT pairs should be converted to .RS/.RE, too.
       
    19 
       
    20 We also get rid of references to other operating systems, since there
       
    21 aren't many, and they may confuse the reader.
       
    22 
       
    23 --- mercurial-2.2.1/doc/hg.1	Thu May  3 14:06:34 2012
       
    24 +++ mercurial-2.2.1/doc/hg.1	Sat May 12 17:39:08 2012
     3 @@ -1,35 +1,9 @@
    25 @@ -1,35 +1,9 @@
     4 +'\" t
    26 +'\" t
     5  .\" Man page generated from reStructeredText.
    27  .\" Man page generated from reStructeredText.
     6  .
    28  .
     7  .TH HG 1 "" "" "Mercurial Manual"
    29  .TH HG 1 "" "" "Mercurial Manual"
    44 -\%File Name Patterns\: for information on pattern matching
    66 -\%File Name Patterns\: for information on pattern matching
    45 +File Name Patterns for information on pattern matching
    67 +File Name Patterns for information on pattern matching
    46  .TP
    68  .TP
    47  .B path
    69  .B path
    48  .
    70  .
    49 @@ -73,7 +47,7 @@
       
    50  .TP
       
    51  .B \-y,  \-\-noninteractive
       
    52  .
       
    53 -do not prompt, assume \(aqyes\(aq for any required answers
       
    54 +do not prompt, assume 'yes' for any required answers
       
    55  .TP
       
    56  .B \-q,  \-\-quiet
       
    57  .
       
    58 @@ -85,7 +59,7 @@
    71 @@ -85,7 +59,7 @@
    59  .TP
    72  .TP
    60  .B \-\-config
    73  .B \-\-config
    61  .
    74  .
    62 -set/override config option (use \(aqsection.name=value\(aq)
    75 -set/override config option (use \(aqsection.name=value\(aq)
   144 -don\(aqt follow copies and renames
   157 -don\(aqt follow copies and renames
   145 +don't follow copies and renames
   158 +don't follow copies and renames
   146  .TP
   159  .TP
   147  .B \-a,  \-\-text
   160  .B \-a,  \-\-text
   148  .
   161  .
   149 @@ -298,9 +272,9 @@
   162 @@ -310,9 +284,9 @@
   150  .SS archive
   163  .SS archive
   151  .sp
   164  .sp
   152  .nf
   165  .nf
   153 -.ft C
   166 -.ft C
   154 +.ft
   167 +.ft
   156 -.ft P
   169 -.ft P
   157 +.ft
   170 +.ft
   158  .fi
   171  .fi
   159  .sp
   172  .sp
   160  By default, the revision used is the parent of the working
   173  By default, the revision used is the parent of the working
   161 @@ -338,7 +312,7 @@
   174 @@ -328,9 +302,9 @@
       
   175  create a zip file containing the 1.0 release:
       
   176  .sp
       
   177  .nf
       
   178 -.ft C
       
   179 +.ft
       
   180  hg archive \-r 1.0 project\-1.0.zip
       
   181 -.ft P
       
   182 +.ft
       
   183  .fi
       
   184  .IP \(bu 2
       
   185  .
       
   186 @@ -337,9 +311,9 @@
       
   187  create a tarball excluding .hg files:
       
   188  .sp
       
   189  .nf
       
   190 -.ft C
       
   191 +.ft
       
   192  hg archive project.tar.gz \-X ".hg*"
       
   193 -.ft P
       
   194 +.ft
       
   195  .fi
       
   196  .UNINDENT
       
   197  .sp
       
   198 @@ -372,7 +346,7 @@
   162  .UNINDENT
   199  .UNINDENT
   163  .sp
   200  .sp
   164  The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given
   201  The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given
   165 -using a format string; see \%\fBhg help export\fP\: for details.
   202 -using a format string; see \%\fBhg help export\fP\: for details.
   166 +using a format string; see \fBhg help export\fP for details.
   203 +using a format string; see \fBhg help export\fP for details.
   167  .sp
   204  .sp
   168  Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix
   205  Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix
   169  prepended. Use \-p/\-\-prefix to specify a format string for the
   206  prepended. Use \-p/\-\-prefix to specify a format string for the
   170 @@ -381,9 +355,9 @@
   207 @@ -415,9 +389,9 @@
   171  .SS backout
   208  .SS backout
   172  .sp
   209  .sp
   173  .nf
   210  .nf
   174 -.ft C
   211 -.ft C
   175 +.ft
   212 +.ft
   177 -.ft P
   214 -.ft P
   178 +.ft
   215 +.ft
   179  .fi
   216  .fi
   180  .sp
   217  .sp
   181  Prepare a new changeset with the effect of REV undone in the
   218  Prepare a new changeset with the effect of REV undone in the
   182 @@ -399,11 +373,11 @@
   219 @@ -426,6 +400,7 @@
   183  directory and a new child of REV that simply undoes REV.
   220  If REV is the parent of the working directory, then this new changeset
   184  .sp
   221  is committed automatically. Otherwise, hg needs to merge the
   185  Before version 1.7, the behavior without \-\-merge was equivalent to
   222  changes and the merged result is left uncommitted.
   186 -specifying \-\-merge followed by \%\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP\: to cancel
   223 +.RS 0
   187 +specifying \-\-merge followed by \fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP to cancel
   224  .IP Note
   188  the merge and leave the child of REV as a head to be merged
   225  .
   189  separately.
   226  backout cannot be used to fix either an unwanted or
       
   227 @@ -438,11 +413,11 @@
       
   228  working directory and a new child of REV that simply undoes REV.
       
   229  .sp
       
   230  Before version 1.7, the behavior without \-\-merge was equivalent
       
   231 -to specifying \-\-merge followed by \%\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP\: to
       
   232 +to specifying \-\-merge followed by \fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP to
       
   233  cancel the merge and leave the child of REV as a head to be
       
   234  merged separately.
   190  .sp
   235  .sp
   191 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
   236 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
   192 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
   237 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
   193  .sp
   238  .sp
   194  Returns 0 on success.
   239  Returns 0 on success.
   195  .sp
   240  .sp
   196 @@ -453,9 +427,9 @@
   241 @@ -492,9 +467,9 @@
   197  .SS bisect
   242  .SS bisect
   198  .sp
   243  .sp
   199  .nf
   244  .nf
   200 -.ft C
   245 -.ft C
   201 +.ft
   246 +.ft
   203 -.ft P
   248 -.ft P
   204 +.ft
   249 +.ft
   205  .fi
   250  .fi
   206  .sp
   251  .sp
   207  This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To
   252  This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To
   208 @@ -508,23 +482,23 @@
   253 @@ -522,10 +497,10 @@
       
   254  start a bisection with known bad revision 12, and good revision 34:
       
   255  .sp
       
   256  .nf
       
   257 -.ft C
       
   258 +.ft
       
   259  hg bisect \-\-bad 34
       
   260  hg bisect \-\-good 12
       
   261 -.ft P
       
   262 +.ft
       
   263  .fi
       
   264  .IP \(bu 2
       
   265  .
       
   266 @@ -533,10 +508,10 @@
       
   267  bad:
       
   268  .sp
       
   269  .nf
       
   270 -.ft C
       
   271 +.ft
       
   272  hg bisect \-\-good
       
   273  hg bisect \-\-bad
       
   274 -.ft P
       
   275 +.ft
       
   276  .fi
       
   277  .IP \(bu 2
       
   278  .
       
   279 @@ -544,10 +519,10 @@
       
   280  that revision is not usable because of another issue):
       
   281  .sp
       
   282  .nf
       
   283 -.ft C
       
   284 +.ft
       
   285  hg bisect \-\-skip
       
   286  hg bisect \-\-skip 23
       
   287 -.ft P
       
   288 +.ft
       
   289  .fi
       
   290  .IP \(bu 2
       
   291  .
       
   292 @@ -554,22 +529,22 @@
       
   293  forget the current bisection:
       
   294  .sp
       
   295  .nf
       
   296 -.ft C
       
   297 +.ft
       
   298  hg bisect \-\-reset
       
   299 -.ft P
       
   300 +.ft
       
   301  .fi
       
   302  .IP \(bu 2
       
   303  .
       
   304 -use \(aqmake && make tests\(aq to automatically find the first broken
       
   305 +use 'make && make tests' to automatically find the first broken
       
   306  revision:
       
   307  .sp
       
   308  .nf
       
   309 -.ft C
       
   310 +.ft
       
   311  hg bisect \-\-reset
       
   312  hg bisect \-\-bad 34
       
   313  hg bisect \-\-good 12
       
   314 -hg bisect \-\-command \(aqmake && make tests\(aq
       
   315 -.ft P
       
   316 +hg bisect \-\-command 'make && make tests'
       
   317 +.ft
       
   318  .fi
       
   319  .IP \(bu 2
       
   320  .
       
   321 @@ -577,9 +552,9 @@
       
   322  bisection:
       
   323  .sp
       
   324  .nf
       
   325 -.ft C
       
   326 +.ft
       
   327  hg log \-r "bisect(pruned)"
       
   328 -.ft P
       
   329 +.ft
       
   330  .fi
       
   331  .IP \(bu 2
       
   332  .
       
   333 @@ -586,9 +561,9 @@
       
   334  see all changesets that took part in the current bisection:
       
   335  .sp
       
   336  .nf
       
   337 -.ft C
       
   338 +.ft
       
   339  hg log \-r "bisect(range)"
       
   340 -.ft P
       
   341 +.ft
       
   342  .fi
       
   343  .IP \(bu 2
       
   344  .
       
   345 @@ -595,13 +570,13 @@
       
   346  with the graphlog extension, you can even get a nice graph:
       
   347  .sp
       
   348  .nf
       
   349 -.ft C
       
   350 +.ft
       
   351  hg log \-\-graph \-r "bisect(range)"
       
   352 -.ft P
       
   353 +.ft
       
   354  .fi
       
   355  .UNINDENT
       
   356  .sp
       
   357 -See \%\fBhg help revsets\fP\: for more about the \fIbisect()\fP keyword.
       
   358 +See \fBhg help revsets\fP for more about the \fIbisect()\fP keyword.
       
   359  .sp
       
   360  Returns 0 on success.
       
   361  .sp
       
   362 @@ -639,23 +614,23 @@
   209  .SS bookmarks
   363  .SS bookmarks
   210  .sp
   364  .sp
   211  .nf
   365  .nf
   212 -.ft C
   366 -.ft C
   213 +.ft
   367 +.ft
   214  hg bookmarks [\-f] [\-d] [\-m NAME] [\-r REV] [NAME]
   368  hg bookmarks [\-f] [\-d] [\-i] [\-m NAME] [\-r REV] [NAME]
   215 -.ft P
   369 -.ft P
   216 +.ft
   370 +.ft
   217  .fi
   371  .fi
   218  .sp
   372  .sp
   219  Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when
   373  Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when committing.
   220  committing. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and
   374  Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and deleted. It is
   221 -deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in \%\fBhg merge\fP\: and
   375 -possible to use \%\fBhg merge NAME\fP\: to merge from a given bookmark, and
   222 -\%\fBhg update\fP\: to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark.
   376 -\%\fBhg update NAME\fP\: to update to a given bookmark.
   223 +deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in \fBhg merge\fP and
   377 +possible to use \fBhg merge NAME\fP to merge from a given bookmark, and
   224 +\fBhg update\fP to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark.
   378 +\fBhg update NAME\fP to update to a given bookmark.
   225  .sp
   379  .sp
   226 -You can use \%\fBhg bookmark NAME\fP\: to set a bookmark on the working
   380 -You can use \%\fBhg bookmark NAME\fP\: to set a bookmark on the working
   227 -directory\(aqs parent revision with the given name. If you specify
   381 -directory\(aqs parent revision with the given name. If you specify
   228 +You can use \fBhg bookmark NAME\fP to set a bookmark on the working
   382 +You can use \fBhg bookmark NAME\fP to set a bookmark on the working
   229 +directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify
   383 +directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify
   235 +Bookmarks can be pushed and pulled between repositories (see \fBhg help
   389 +Bookmarks can be pushed and pulled between repositories (see \fBhg help
   236 +push\fP and \fBhg help pull\fP). This requires both the local and remote
   390 +push\fP and \fBhg help pull\fP). This requires both the local and remote
   237  repositories to support bookmarks. For versions prior to 1.8, this means
   391  repositories to support bookmarks. For versions prior to 1.8, this means
   238  the bookmarks extension must be enabled.
   392  the bookmarks extension must be enabled.
   239  .sp
   393  .sp
   240 @@ -550,26 +524,26 @@
   394 @@ -690,14 +665,15 @@
   241  .SS branch
   395  .SS branch
   242  .sp
   396  .sp
   243  .nf
   397  .nf
   244 -.ft C
   398 -.ft C
   245 +.ft
   399 +.ft
   246  hg branch [\-fC] [NAME]
   400  hg branch [\-fC] [NAME]
   247 -.ft P
   401 -.ft P
   248 +.ft
   402 +.ft
   249  .fi
   403  .fi
   250  .sp
   404 +.RS 0
       
   405  .IP Note
       
   406  .
       
   407 -Branch names are permanent and global. Use \%\fBhg bookmark\fP\: to create a
       
   408 -light\-weight bookmark instead. See \%\fBhg help glossary\fP\: for more
       
   409 +Branch names are permanent and global. Use \fBhg bookmark\fP to create a
       
   410 +light\-weight bookmark instead. See \fBhg help glossary\fP for more
       
   411  information about named branches and bookmarks.
       
   412  .RE
       
   413  .sp
       
   414 @@ -704,18 +680,18 @@
   251  With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,
   415  With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,
   252  set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist
   416  set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist
   253  in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice
   417  in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice
   254 -recommends that primary development take place on the \(aqdefault\(aq
   418 -recommends that primary development take place on the \(aqdefault\(aq
   255 +recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'
   419 +recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'
   268 +Use the command \fBhg update\fP to switch to an existing branch. Use
   432 +Use the command \fBhg update\fP to switch to an existing branch. Use
   269 +\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP to mark this branch as closed.
   433 +\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP to mark this branch as closed.
   270  .sp
   434  .sp
   271  Returns 0 on success.
   435  Returns 0 on success.
   272  .sp
   436  .sp
   273 @@ -587,19 +561,19 @@
   437 @@ -733,19 +709,19 @@
   274  .SS branches
   438  .SS branches
   275  .sp
   439  .sp
   276  .nf
   440  .nf
   277 -.ft C
   441 -.ft C
   278 +.ft
   442 +.ft
   293 -Use the command \%\fBhg update\fP\: to switch to an existing branch.
   457 -Use the command \%\fBhg update\fP\: to switch to an existing branch.
   294 +Use the command \fBhg update\fP to switch to an existing branch.
   458 +Use the command \fBhg update\fP to switch to an existing branch.
   295  .sp
   459  .sp
   296  Returns 0.
   460  Returns 0.
   297  .sp
   461  .sp
   298 @@ -617,9 +591,9 @@
   462 @@ -763,9 +739,9 @@
   299  .SS bundle
   463  .SS bundle
   300  .sp
   464  .sp
   301  .nf
   465  .nf
   302 -.ft C
   466 -.ft C
   303 +.ft
   467 +.ft
   305 -.ft P
   469 -.ft P
   306 +.ft
   470 +.ft
   307  .fi
   471  .fi
   308  .sp
   472  .sp
   309  Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not
   473  Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not
   310 @@ -686,9 +660,9 @@
   474 @@ -832,9 +808,9 @@
   311  .SS cat
   475  .SS cat
   312  .sp
   476  .sp
   313  .nf
   477  .nf
   314 -.ft C
   478 -.ft C
   315 +.ft
   479 +.ft
   317 -.ft P
   481 -.ft P
   318 +.ft
   482 +.ft
   319  .fi
   483  .fi
   320  .sp
   484  .sp
   321  Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If
   485  Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If
   322 @@ -706,7 +680,7 @@
   486 @@ -852,7 +828,7 @@
   323  .TP
   487  .TP
   324  .B \fB%d\fP
   488  .B \fB%d\fP
   325  .sp
   489  .sp
   326 -dirname of file being printed, or \(aq.\(aq if in repository root
   490 -dirname of file being printed, or \(aq.\(aq if in repository root
   327 +dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root
   491 +dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root
   328  .TP
   492  .TP
   329  .B \fB%p\fP
   493  .B \fB%p\fP
   330  .sp
   494  .sp
   331 @@ -741,9 +715,9 @@
   495 @@ -887,9 +863,9 @@
   332  .SS clone
   496  .SS clone
   333  .sp
   497  .sp
   334  .nf
   498  .nf
   335 -.ft C
   499 -.ft C
   336 +.ft
   500 +.ft
   338 -.ft P
   502 -.ft P
   339 +.ft
   503 +.ft
   340  .fi
   504  .fi
   341  .sp
   505  .sp
   342  Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.
   506  Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.
   343 @@ -751,14 +725,14 @@
   507 @@ -897,7 +873,7 @@
   344  If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the
   508  If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the
   345  basename of the source.
   509  basename of the source.
   346  .sp
   510  .sp
   347 -The location of the source is added to the new repository\(aqs
   511 -The location of the source is added to the new repository\(aqs
   348 +The location of the source is added to the new repository's
   512 +The location of the source is added to the new repository's
   349  \fB.hg/hgrc\fP file, as the default to be used for future pulls.
   513  \fB.hg/hgrc\fP file, as the default to be used for future pulls.
   350  .sp
   514  .sp
   351 -See \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for valid source format details.
   515  Only local paths and \fBssh://\fP URLs are supported as
   352 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for valid source format details.
   516 @@ -907,7 +883,7 @@
   353  .sp
   517  To pull only a subset of changesets, specify one or more revisions
   354  It is possible to specify an \fBssh://\fP URL as the destination, but no
   518  identifiers with \-r/\-\-rev or branches with \-b/\-\-branch. The
   355  \fB.hg/hgrc\fP and working directory will be created on the remote side.
   519  resulting clone will contain only the specified changesets and
   356 -Please see \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for important details about \fBssh://\fP URLs.
   520 -their ancestors. These options (or \(aqclone src#rev dest\(aq) imply
   357 +Please see \fBhg help urls\fP for important details about \fBssh://\fP URLs.
   521 +their ancestors. These options (or 'clone src#rev dest') imply
   358  .sp
   522  \-\-pull, even for local source repositories. Note that specifying a
   359  A set of changesets (tags, or branch names) to pull may be specified
   523  tag will include the tagged changeset but not the changeset
   360  by listing each changeset (tag, or branch name) with \-r/\-\-rev.
   524  containing the tag.
   361 @@ -769,7 +743,7 @@
   525 @@ -926,9 +902,9 @@
   362  No subsequent changesets (including subsequent tags) will be present
   526  directory using full hardlinks with
   363  in the destination.
   527  .sp
   364  .sp
   528  .nf
   365 -Using \-r/\-\-rev (or \(aqclone src#rev dest\(aq) implies \-\-pull, even for
   529 -.ft C
   366 +Using \-r/\-\-rev (or 'clone src#rev dest') implies \-\-pull, even for
   530 +.ft
   367  local source repositories.
   531  $ cp \-al REPO REPOCLONE
   368  .sp
   532 -.ft P
   369  For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source
       
   370 @@ -783,9 +757,9 @@
       
   371  using full hardlinks with
       
   372  .sp
       
   373  .nf
       
   374 -.ft C
       
   375 -$ cp \-al REPO REPOCLONE
       
   376 -.ft P
       
   377 +.ft
       
   378 +$ /usr/gnu/bin/cp \-al REPO REPOCLONE
       
   379 +.ft
   533 +.ft
   380  .fi
   534  .fi
   381  .sp
   535  .sp
   382  This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The
   536  This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The
   383 @@ -804,7 +778,7 @@
   537 @@ -947,7 +923,7 @@
   384  .IP b. 3
   538  .IP b. 3
   385  .
   539  .
   386  if \-u . and the source repository is local, the first parent of
   540  if \-u . and the source repository is local, the first parent of
   387 -the source repository\(aqs working directory
   541 -the source repository\(aqs working directory
   388 +the source repository's working directory
   542 +the source repository's working directory
   389  .IP c. 3
   543  .IP c. 3
   390  .
   544  .
   391  the changeset specified with \-u (if a branch name, this means the
   545  the changeset specified with \-u (if a branch name, this means the
   392 @@ -870,16 +844,16 @@
   546 @@ -976,9 +952,9 @@
       
   547  clone a remote repository to a new directory named hg/:
       
   548  .sp
       
   549  .nf
       
   550 -.ft C
       
   551 +.ft
       
   552  hg clone http://selenic.com/hg
       
   553 -.ft P
       
   554 +.ft
       
   555  .fi
       
   556  .IP \(bu 2
       
   557  .
       
   558 @@ -985,9 +961,9 @@
       
   559  create a lightweight local clone:
       
   560  .sp
       
   561  .nf
       
   562 -.ft C
       
   563 +.ft
       
   564  hg clone project/ project\-feature/
       
   565 -.ft P
       
   566 +.ft
       
   567  .fi
       
   568  .IP \(bu 2
       
   569  .
       
   570 @@ -994,9 +970,9 @@
       
   571  clone from an absolute path on an ssh server (note double\-slash):
       
   572  .sp
       
   573  .nf
       
   574 -.ft C
       
   575 +.ft
       
   576  hg clone ssh://user@server//home/projects/alpha/
       
   577 -.ft P
       
   578 +.ft
       
   579  .fi
       
   580  .IP \(bu 2
       
   581  .
       
   582 @@ -1004,9 +980,9 @@
       
   583  specified version:
       
   584  .sp
       
   585  .nf
       
   586 -.ft C
       
   587 +.ft
       
   588  hg clone \-\-uncompressed http://server/repo \-u 1.5
       
   589 -.ft P
       
   590 +.ft
       
   591  .fi
       
   592  .IP \(bu 2
       
   593  .
       
   594 @@ -1013,9 +989,9 @@
       
   595  create a repository without changesets after a particular revision:
       
   596  .sp
       
   597  .nf
       
   598 -.ft C
       
   599 +.ft
       
   600  hg clone \-r 04e544 experimental/ good/
       
   601 -.ft P
       
   602 +.ft
       
   603  .fi
       
   604  .IP \(bu 2
       
   605  .
       
   606 @@ -1022,13 +998,13 @@
       
   607  clone (and track) a particular named branch:
       
   608  .sp
       
   609  .nf
       
   610 -.ft C
       
   611 +.ft
       
   612  hg clone http://selenic.com/hg#stable
       
   613 -.ft P
       
   614 +.ft
       
   615  .fi
       
   616  .UNINDENT
       
   617  .sp
       
   618 -See \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for details on specifying URLs.
       
   619 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for details on specifying URLs.
       
   620  .sp
       
   621  Returns 0 on success.
       
   622  .sp
       
   623 @@ -1074,16 +1050,16 @@
   393  .SS commit
   624  .SS commit
   394  .sp
   625  .sp
   395  .nf
   626  .nf
   396 -.ft C
   627 -.ft C
   397 +.ft
   628 +.ft
   408 -If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \%\fBhg status\fP\:
   639 -If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \%\fBhg status\fP\:
   409 +If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \fBhg status\fP
   640 +If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \fBhg status\fP
   410  will be committed.
   641  will be committed.
   411  .sp
   642  .sp
   412  If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any
   643  If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any
   413 @@ -890,7 +864,7 @@
   644 @@ -1096,19 +1072,19 @@
   414  commit fails, you will find a backup of your message in
   645  .sp
   415  \fB.hg/last\-message.txt\fP.
   646  The \-\-amend flag can be used to amend the parent of the
       
   647  working directory with a new commit that contains the changes
       
   648 -in the parent in addition to those currently reported by \%\fBhg status\fP\:,
       
   649 +in the parent in addition to those currently reported by \fBhg status\fP,
       
   650  if there are any. The old commit is stored in a backup bundle in
       
   651 -\fB.hg/strip\-backup\fP (see \%\fBhg help bundle\fP\: and \%\fBhg help unbundle\fP\:
       
   652 +\fB.hg/strip\-backup\fP (see \fBhg help bundle\fP and \fBhg help unbundle\fP
       
   653  on how to restore it).
       
   654  .sp
       
   655  Message, user and date are taken from the amended commit unless
       
   656 -specified. When a message isn\(aqt specified on the command line,
       
   657 +specified. When a message isn't specified on the command line,
       
   658  the editor will open with the message of the amended commit.
       
   659  .sp
       
   660 -It is not possible to amend public changesets (see \%\fBhg help phases\fP\:)
       
   661 +It is not possible to amend public changesets (see \fBhg help phases\fP)
       
   662  or changesets that have children.
   416  .sp
   663  .sp
   417 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
   664 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
   418 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
   665 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
   419  .sp
   666  .sp
   420  Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing changed.
   667  Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing changed.
   421  .sp
   668  .sp
   422 @@ -934,9 +908,9 @@
   669 @@ -1160,9 +1136,9 @@
   423  .SS copy
   670  .SS copy
   424  .sp
   671  .sp
   425  .nf
   672  .nf
   426 -.ft C
   673 -.ft C
   427 +.ft
   674 +.ft
   429 -.ft P
   676 -.ft P
   430 +.ft
   677 +.ft
   431  .fi
   678  .fi
   432  .sp
   679  .sp
   433  Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a
   680  Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a
   434 @@ -948,7 +922,7 @@
   681 @@ -1174,7 +1150,7 @@
   435  operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.
   682  operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.
   436  .sp
   683  .sp
   437  This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy
   684  This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy
   438 -before that, see \%\fBhg revert\fP\:.
   685 -before that, see \%\fBhg revert\fP\:.
   439 +before that, see \fBhg revert\fP.
   686 +before that, see \fBhg revert\fP.
   440  .sp
   687  .sp
   441  Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
   688  Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
   442  .sp
   689  .sp
   443 @@ -980,9 +954,9 @@
   690 @@ -1206,18 +1182,19 @@
   444  .SS diff
   691  .SS diff
   445  .sp
   692  .sp
   446  .nf
   693  .nf
   447 -.ft C
   694 -.ft C
   448 +.ft
   695 +.ft
   450 -.ft P
   697 -.ft P
   451 +.ft
   698 +.ft
   452  .fi
   699  .fi
   453  .sp
   700  .sp
   454  Show differences between revisions for the specified files.
   701  Show differences between revisions for the specified files.
   455 @@ -991,7 +965,7 @@
   702  .sp
       
   703  Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.
       
   704 +.RS 0
   456  .IP Note
   705  .IP Note
   457  .
   706  .
   458  diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will
   707  diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will
   459 -default to comparing against the working directory\(aqs first
   708 -default to comparing against the working directory\(aqs first
   460 +default to comparing against the working directory's first
   709 +default to comparing against the working directory's first
   461  parent changeset if no revisions are specified.
   710  parent changeset if no revisions are specified.
   462  .RE
   711  .RE
   463  .sp
   712  .sp
   464 @@ -1009,7 +983,7 @@
   713 @@ -1235,7 +1212,7 @@
   465  anyway, probably with undesirable results.
   714  anyway, probably with undesirable results.
   466  .sp
   715  .sp
   467  Use the \-g/\-\-git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff
   716  Use the \-g/\-\-git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff
   468 -format. For more information, read \%\fBhg help diffs\fP\:.
   717 -format. For more information, read \%\fBhg help diffs\fP\:.
   469 +format. For more information, read \fBhg help diffs\fP.
   718 +format. For more information, read \fBhg help diffs\fP.
   470  .sp
   719  .sp
   471  Returns 0 on success.
   720  Examples:
   472  .sp
   721  .INDENT 0.0
   473 @@ -1079,9 +1053,9 @@
   722 @@ -1244,9 +1221,9 @@
       
   723  compare a file in the current working directory to its parent:
       
   724  .sp
       
   725  .nf
       
   726 -.ft C
       
   727 +.ft
       
   728  hg diff foo.c
       
   729 -.ft P
       
   730 +.ft
       
   731  .fi
       
   732  .IP \(bu 2
       
   733  .
       
   734 @@ -1253,9 +1230,9 @@
       
   735  compare two historical versions of a directory, with rename info:
       
   736  .sp
       
   737  .nf
       
   738 -.ft C
       
   739 +.ft
       
   740  hg diff \-\-git \-r 1.0:1.2 lib/
       
   741 -.ft P
       
   742 +.ft
       
   743  .fi
       
   744  .IP \(bu 2
       
   745  .
       
   746 @@ -1262,9 +1239,9 @@
       
   747  get change stats relative to the last change on some date:
       
   748  .sp
       
   749  .nf
       
   750 -.ft C
       
   751 -hg diff \-\-stat \-r "date(\(aqmay 2\(aq)"
       
   752 -.ft P
       
   753 +.ft
       
   754 +hg diff \-\-stat \-r "date('may 2')"
       
   755 +.ft
       
   756  .fi
       
   757  .IP \(bu 2
       
   758  .
       
   759 @@ -1271,9 +1248,9 @@
       
   760  diff all newly\-added files that contain a keyword:
       
   761  .sp
       
   762  .nf
       
   763 -.ft C
       
   764 +.ft
       
   765  hg diff "set:added() and grep(GNU)"
       
   766 -.ft P
       
   767 +.ft
       
   768  .fi
       
   769  .IP \(bu 2
       
   770  .
       
   771 @@ -1280,11 +1257,11 @@
       
   772  compare a revision and its parents:
       
   773  .sp
       
   774  .nf
       
   775 -.ft C
       
   776 +.ft
       
   777  hg diff \-c 9353         # compare against first parent
       
   778  hg diff \-r 9353^:9353   # same using revset syntax
       
   779  hg diff \-r 9353^2:9353  # compare against the second parent
       
   780 -.ft P
       
   781 +.ft
       
   782  .fi
       
   783  .UNINDENT
       
   784  .sp
       
   785 @@ -1356,9 +1333,9 @@
   474  .SS export
   786  .SS export
   475  .sp
   787  .sp
   476  .nf
   788  .nf
   477 -.ft C
   789 -.ft C
   478 +.ft
   790 +.ft
   480 -.ft P
   792 -.ft P
   481 +.ft
   793 +.ft
   482  .fi
   794  .fi
   483  .sp
   795  .sp
   484  Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.
   796  Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.
   485 @@ -1138,7 +1112,7 @@
   797 @@ -1366,6 +1343,7 @@
       
   798  The information shown in the changeset header is: author, date,
       
   799  branch name (if non\-default), changeset hash, parent(s) and commit
       
   800  comment.
       
   801 +.RS 0
       
   802  .IP Note
       
   803  .
       
   804  export may generate unexpected diff output for merge
       
   805 @@ -1419,7 +1397,7 @@
   486  diff anyway, probably with undesirable results.
   806  diff anyway, probably with undesirable results.
   487  .sp
   807  .sp
   488  Use the \-g/\-\-git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff
   808  Use the \-g/\-\-git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff
   489 -format. See \%\fBhg help diffs\fP\: for more information.
   809 -format. See \%\fBhg help diffs\fP\: for more information.
   490 +format. See \fBhg help diffs\fP for more information.
   810 +format. See \fBhg help diffs\fP for more information.
   491  .sp
   811  .sp
   492  With the \-\-switch\-parent option, the diff will be against the
   812  With the \-\-switch\-parent option, the diff will be against the
   493  second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.
   813  second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.
   494 @@ -1175,9 +1149,9 @@
   814 @@ -1432,9 +1410,9 @@
       
   815  branch:
       
   816  .sp
       
   817  .nf
       
   818 -.ft C
       
   819 +.ft
       
   820  hg export \-r 9353 | hg import \-
       
   821 -.ft P
       
   822 +.ft
       
   823  .fi
       
   824  .IP \(bu 2
       
   825  .
       
   826 @@ -1442,9 +1420,9 @@
       
   827  rename information:
       
   828  .sp
       
   829  .nf
       
   830 -.ft C
       
   831 +.ft
       
   832  hg export \-\-git \-r 123:150 > changes.txt
       
   833 -.ft P
       
   834 +.ft
       
   835  .fi
       
   836  .IP \(bu 2
       
   837  .
       
   838 @@ -1452,9 +1430,9 @@
       
   839  descriptive names:
       
   840  .sp
       
   841  .nf
       
   842 -.ft C
       
   843 +.ft
       
   844  hg export \-r "outgoing()" \-o "%n\-%m.patch"
       
   845 -.ft P
       
   846 +.ft
       
   847  .fi
       
   848  .UNINDENT
       
   849  .sp
       
   850 @@ -1490,9 +1468,9 @@
   495  .SS forget
   851  .SS forget
   496  .sp
   852  .sp
   497  .nf
   853  .nf
   498 -.ft C
   854 -.ft C
   499 +.ft
   855 +.ft
   501 -.ft P
   857 -.ft P
   502 +.ft
   858 +.ft
   503  .fi
   859  .fi
   504  .sp
   860  .sp
   505  Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked
   861  Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked
   506 @@ -1187,7 +1161,7 @@
   862 @@ -1502,7 +1480,7 @@
   507  entire project history, and it does not delete them from the
   863  entire project history, and it does not delete them from the
   508  working directory.
   864  working directory.
   509  .sp
   865  .sp
   510 -To undo a forget before the next commit, see \%\fBhg add\fP\:.
   866 -To undo a forget before the next commit, see \%\fBhg add\fP\:.
   511 +To undo a forget before the next commit, see \fBhg add\fP.
   867 +To undo a forget before the next commit, see \fBhg add\fP.
   512  .sp
   868  .sp
   513  Returns 0 on success.
   869  Examples:
   514  .sp
   870  .INDENT 0.0
   515 @@ -1205,9 +1179,9 @@
   871 @@ -1511,9 +1489,9 @@
       
   872  forget newly\-added binary files:
       
   873  .sp
       
   874  .nf
       
   875 -.ft C
       
   876 +.ft
       
   877  hg forget "set:added() and binary()"
       
   878 -.ft P
       
   879 +.ft
       
   880  .fi
       
   881  .IP \(bu 2
       
   882  .
       
   883 @@ -1520,9 +1498,9 @@
       
   884  forget files that would be excluded by .hgignore:
       
   885  .sp
       
   886  .nf
       
   887 -.ft C
       
   888 +.ft
       
   889  hg forget "set:hgignore()"
       
   890 -.ft P
       
   891 +.ft
       
   892  .fi
       
   893  .UNINDENT
       
   894  .sp
       
   895 @@ -1542,15 +1520,15 @@
       
   896  .SS graft
       
   897  .sp
       
   898  .nf
       
   899 -.ft C
       
   900 +.ft
       
   901  hg graft [OPTION]... REVISION...
       
   902 -.ft P
       
   903 +.ft
       
   904  .fi
       
   905  .sp
       
   906 -This command uses Mercurial\(aqs merge logic to copy individual
       
   907 +This command uses Mercurial's merge logic to copy individual
       
   908  changes from other branches without merging branches in the
       
   909 -history graph. This is sometimes known as \(aqbackporting\(aq or
       
   910 -\(aqcherry\-picking\(aq. By default, graft will copy user, date, and
       
   911 +history graph. This is sometimes known as 'backporting' or 'cherry\-picking'.
       
   912 +By default, graft will copy user, date, and
       
   913  description from the source changesets.
       
   914  .sp
       
   915  Changesets that are ancestors of the current revision, that have
       
   916 @@ -1560,6 +1538,7 @@
       
   917  interrupted so that the current merge can be manually resolved.
       
   918  Once all conflicts are addressed, the graft process can be
       
   919  continued with the \-c/\-\-continue option.
       
   920 +.RS 0
       
   921  .IP Note
       
   922  .
       
   923  The \-c/\-\-continue option does not reapply earlier options.
       
   924 @@ -1572,10 +1551,10 @@
       
   925  copy a single change to the stable branch and edit its description:
       
   926  .sp
       
   927  .nf
       
   928 -.ft C
       
   929 +.ft
       
   930  hg update stable
       
   931  hg graft \-\-edit 9393
       
   932 -.ft P
       
   933 +.ft
       
   934  .fi
       
   935  .IP \(bu 2
       
   936  .
       
   937 @@ -1582,9 +1561,9 @@
       
   938  graft a range of changesets with one exception, updating dates:
       
   939  .sp
       
   940  .nf
       
   941 -.ft C
       
   942 +.ft
       
   943  hg graft \-D "2085::2093 and not 2091"
       
   944 -.ft P
       
   945 +.ft
       
   946  .fi
       
   947  .IP \(bu 2
       
   948  .
       
   949 @@ -1591,9 +1570,9 @@
       
   950  continue a graft after resolving conflicts:
       
   951  .sp
       
   952  .nf
       
   953 -.ft C
       
   954 +.ft
       
   955  hg graft \-c
       
   956 -.ft P
       
   957 +.ft
       
   958  .fi
       
   959  .IP \(bu 2
       
   960  .
       
   961 @@ -1600,9 +1579,9 @@
       
   962  show the source of a grafted changeset:
       
   963  .sp
       
   964  .nf
       
   965 -.ft C
       
   966 +.ft
       
   967  hg log \-\-debug \-r tip
       
   968 -.ft P
       
   969 +.ft
       
   970  .fi
       
   971  .UNINDENT
       
   972  .sp
       
   973 @@ -1646,9 +1625,9 @@
   516  .SS grep
   974  .SS grep
   517  .sp
   975  .sp
   518  .nf
   976  .nf
   519 -.ft C
   977 -.ft C
   520 +.ft
   978 +.ft
   522 -.ft P
   980 -.ft P
   523 +.ft
   981 +.ft
   524  .fi
   982  .fi
   525  .sp
   983  .sp
   526  Search revisions of files for a regular expression.
   984  Search revisions of files for a regular expression.
   527 @@ -1275,9 +1249,9 @@
   985 @@ -1720,9 +1699,9 @@
   528  .SS heads
   986  .SS heads
   529  .sp
   987  .sp
   530  .nf
   988  .nf
   531 -.ft C
   989 -.ft C
   532 +.ft
   990 +.ft
   534 -.ft P
   992 -.ft P
   535 +.ft
   993 +.ft
   536  .fi
   994  .fi
   537  .sp
   995  .sp
   538  With no arguments, show all repository branch heads.
   996  With no arguments, show all repository branch heads.
   539 @@ -1291,7 +1265,7 @@
   997 @@ -1734,11 +1713,11 @@
   540  associated with the specified changesets are shown.
   998  .sp
       
   999  If one or more REVs are given, only branch heads on the branches
       
  1000  associated with the specified changesets are shown. This means
       
  1001 -that you can use \%\fBhg heads foo\fP\: to see the heads on a branch
       
  1002 +that you can use \fBhg heads foo\fP to see the heads on a branch
       
  1003  named \fBfoo\fP.
   541  .sp
  1004  .sp
   542  If \-c/\-\-closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed
  1005  If \-c/\-\-closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed
   543 -(see \%\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP\:).
  1006 -(see \%\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP\:).
   544 +(see \fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP).
  1007 +(see \fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP).
   545  .sp
  1008  .sp
   546  If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of
  1009  If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of
   547  STARTREV will be displayed.
  1010  STARTREV will be displayed.
   548 @@ -1331,9 +1305,9 @@
  1011 @@ -1778,9 +1757,9 @@
   549  .SS help
  1012  .SS help
   550  .sp
  1013  .sp
   551  .nf
  1014  .nf
   552 -.ft C
  1015 -.ft C
   553 +.ft
  1016 +.ft
   554  hg help [TOPIC]
  1017  hg help [\-ec] [TOPIC]
   555 -.ft P
  1018 -.ft P
   556 +.ft
  1019 +.ft
   557  .fi
  1020  .fi
   558  .sp
  1021  .sp
   559  With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages.
  1022  With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages.
   560 @@ -1345,9 +1319,9 @@
  1023 @@ -1804,9 +1783,9 @@
   561  .SS identify
  1024  .SS identify
   562  .sp
  1025  .sp
   563  .nf
  1026  .nf
   564 -.ft C
  1027 -.ft C
   565 +.ft
  1028 +.ft
   566  hg identify [\-nibtB] [\-r REV] [SOURCE]
  1029  hg identify [\-nibtB] [\-r REV] [SOURCE]
   567 -.ft P
  1030 -.ft P
   568 +.ft
  1031 +.ft
   569  .fi
  1032  .fi
   570  .sp
  1033  .sp
   571  With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the
  1034  Print a summary identifying the repository state at REV using one or
   572 @@ -1395,9 +1369,9 @@
  1035 @@ -1827,9 +1806,9 @@
       
  1036  generate a build identifier for the working directory:
       
  1037  .sp
       
  1038  .nf
       
  1039 -.ft C
       
  1040 +.ft
       
  1041  hg id \-\-id > build\-id.dat
       
  1042 -.ft P
       
  1043 +.ft
       
  1044  .fi
       
  1045  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1046  .
       
  1047 @@ -1836,9 +1815,9 @@
       
  1048  find the revision corresponding to a tag:
       
  1049  .sp
       
  1050  .nf
       
  1051 -.ft C
       
  1052 +.ft
       
  1053  hg id \-n \-r 1.3
       
  1054 -.ft P
       
  1055 +.ft
       
  1056  .fi
       
  1057  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1058  .
       
  1059 @@ -1845,9 +1824,9 @@
       
  1060  check the most recent revision of a remote repository:
       
  1061  .sp
       
  1062  .nf
       
  1063 -.ft C
       
  1064 +.ft
       
  1065  hg id \-r tip http://selenic.com/hg/
       
  1066 -.ft P
       
  1067 +.ft
       
  1068  .fi
       
  1069  .UNINDENT
       
  1070  .sp
       
  1071 @@ -1897,9 +1876,9 @@
   573  .SS import
  1072  .SS import
   574  .sp
  1073  .sp
   575  .nf
  1074  .nf
   576 -.ft C
  1075 -.ft C
   577 +.ft
  1076 +.ft
   579 -.ft P
  1078 -.ft P
   580 +.ft
  1079 +.ft
   581  .fi
  1080  .fi
   582  .sp
  1081  .sp
   583  Import a list of patches and commit them individually (unless
  1082  Import a list of patches and commit them individually (unless
   584 @@ -1413,7 +1387,7 @@
  1083 @@ -1915,7 +1894,7 @@
   585  text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit
  1084  text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit
   586  message.
  1085  message.
   587  .sp
  1086  .sp
   588 -If the imported patch was generated by \%\fBhg export\fP\:, user and
  1087 -If the imported patch was generated by \%\fBhg export\fP\:, user and
   589 +If the imported patch was generated by \fBhg export\fP, user and
  1088 +If the imported patch was generated by \fBhg export\fP, user and
   590  description from patch override values from message headers and
  1089  description from patch override values from message headers and
   591  body. Values given on command line with \-m/\-\-message and \-u/\-\-user
  1090  body. Values given on command line with \-m/\-\-message and \-u/\-\-user
   592  override these.
  1091  override these.
   593 @@ -1425,11 +1399,11 @@
  1092 @@ -1932,11 +1911,11 @@
   594  deficiencies in the text patch format.
  1093  revision.
   595  .sp
  1094  .sp
   596  With \-s/\-\-similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and
  1095  With \-s/\-\-similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and
   597 -copies in the patch in the same way as \(aqaddremove\(aq.
  1096 -copies in the patch in the same way as \%\fBhg addremove\fP\:.
   598 +copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'.
  1097 +copies in the patch in the same way as \fBhg addremove\fP.
   599  .sp
  1098  .sp
   600  To read a patch from standard input, use "\-" as the patch name. If
  1099  To read a patch from standard input, use "\-" as the patch name. If
   601  a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.
  1100  a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.
   602 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1101 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
   603 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1102 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
   604  .sp
  1103  .sp
   605  Returns 0 on success.
  1104  Examples:
   606  .sp
  1105  .INDENT 0.0
   607 @@ -1450,7 +1424,7 @@
  1106 @@ -1945,9 +1924,9 @@
       
  1107  import a traditional patch from a website and detect renames:
       
  1108  .sp
       
  1109  .nf
       
  1110 -.ft C
       
  1111 +.ft
       
  1112  hg import \-s 80 http://example.com/bugfix.patch
       
  1113 -.ft P
       
  1114 +.ft
       
  1115  .fi
       
  1116  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1117  .
       
  1118 @@ -1954,9 +1933,9 @@
       
  1119  import a changeset from an hgweb server:
       
  1120  .sp
       
  1121  .nf
       
  1122 -.ft C
       
  1123 +.ft
       
  1124  hg import http://www.selenic.com/hg/rev/5ca8c111e9aa
       
  1125 -.ft P
       
  1126 +.ft
       
  1127  .fi
       
  1128  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1129  .
       
  1130 @@ -1963,9 +1942,9 @@
       
  1131  import all the patches in an Unix\-style mbox:
       
  1132  .sp
       
  1133  .nf
       
  1134 -.ft C
       
  1135 +.ft
       
  1136  hg import incoming\-patches.mbox
       
  1137 -.ft P
       
  1138 +.ft
       
  1139  .fi
       
  1140  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1141  .
       
  1142 @@ -1973,9 +1952,9 @@
       
  1143  possible):
       
  1144  .sp
       
  1145  .nf
       
  1146 -.ft C
       
  1147 +.ft
       
  1148  hg import \-\-exact proposed\-fix.patch
       
  1149 -.ft P
       
  1150 +.ft
       
  1151  .fi
       
  1152  .UNINDENT
       
  1153  .sp
       
  1154 @@ -2002,7 +1981,7 @@
   608  .TP
  1155  .TP
   609  .B \-\-no\-commit
  1156  .B \-\-no\-commit
   610  .
  1157  .
   611 -don\(aqt commit, just update the working directory
  1158 -don\(aqt commit, just update the working directory
   612 +don't commit, just update the working directory
  1159 +don't commit, just update the working directory
   613  .TP
  1160  .TP
   614  .B \-\-exact
  1161  .B \-\-bypass
   615  .
  1162  .
   616 @@ -1485,9 +1459,9 @@
  1163 @@ -2041,9 +2020,9 @@
   617  .SS incoming
  1164  .SS incoming
   618  .sp
  1165  .sp
   619  .nf
  1166  .nf
   620 -.ft C
  1167 -.ft C
   621 +.ft
  1168 +.ft
   623 -.ft P
  1170 -.ft P
   624 +.ft
  1171 +.ft
   625  .fi
  1172  .fi
   626  .sp
  1173  .sp
   627  Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default
  1174  Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default
   628 @@ -1577,9 +1551,9 @@
  1175 @@ -2133,9 +2112,9 @@
   629  .SS init
  1176  .SS init
   630  .sp
  1177  .sp
   631  .nf
  1178  .nf
   632 -.ft C
  1179 -.ft C
   633 +.ft
  1180 +.ft
   635 -.ft P
  1182 -.ft P
   636 +.ft
  1183 +.ft
   637  .fi
  1184  .fi
   638  .sp
  1185  .sp
   639  Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given
  1186  Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given
   640 @@ -1588,7 +1562,7 @@
  1187 @@ -2144,7 +2123,7 @@
   641  If no directory is given, the current directory is used.
  1188  If no directory is given, the current directory is used.
   642  .sp
  1189  .sp
   643  It is possible to specify an \fBssh://\fP URL as the destination.
  1190  It is possible to specify an \fBssh://\fP URL as the destination.
   644 -See \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for more information.
  1191 -See \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for more information.
   645 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for more information.
  1192 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for more information.
   646  .sp
  1193  .sp
   647  Returns 0 on success.
  1194  Returns 0 on success.
   648  .sp
  1195  .sp
   649 @@ -1610,9 +1584,9 @@
  1196 @@ -2166,9 +2145,9 @@
   650  .SS locate
  1197  .SS locate
   651  .sp
  1198  .sp
   652  .nf
  1199  .nf
   653 -.ft C
  1200 -.ft C
   654 +.ft
  1201 +.ft
   656 -.ft P
  1203 -.ft P
   657 +.ft
  1204 +.ft
   658  .fi
  1205  .fi
   659  .sp
  1206  .sp
   660  Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose
  1207  Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose
   661 @@ -1658,9 +1632,9 @@
  1208 @@ -2214,9 +2193,9 @@
   662  .SS log
  1209  .SS log
   663  .sp
  1210  .sp
   664  .nf
  1211  .nf
   665 -.ft C
  1212 -.ft C
   666 +.ft
  1213 +.ft
   668 -.ft P
  1215 -.ft P
   669 +.ft
  1216 +.ft
   670  .fi
  1217  .fi
   671  .sp
  1218  .sp
   672  Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire
  1219  Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire
   673 @@ -1675,9 +1649,9 @@
  1220 @@ -2235,6 +2214,7 @@
   674  If no revision range is specified, the default is \fBtip:0\fP unless
  1221  tags, non\-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for
   675  \-\-follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is
  1222  each commit. When the \-v/\-\-verbose switch is used, the list of
   676  used as the starting revision. You can specify a revision set for
  1223  changed files and full commit message are shown.
   677 -log, see \%\fBhg help revsets\fP\: for more information.
  1224 +.RS 0
   678 +log, see \fBhg help revsets\fP for more information.
  1225  .IP Note
       
  1226  .
       
  1227  log \-p/\-\-patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge
       
  1228 @@ -2242,6 +2222,7 @@
       
  1229  its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents
       
  1230  will appear in files:.
       
  1231  .RE
       
  1232 +.RS 0
       
  1233  .IP Note
       
  1234  .
       
  1235  for performance reasons, log FILE may omit duplicate changes
       
  1236 @@ -2257,9 +2238,9 @@
       
  1237  changesets with full descriptions and file lists:
       
  1238  .sp
       
  1239  .nf
       
  1240 -.ft C
       
  1241 +.ft
       
  1242  hg log \-v
       
  1243 -.ft P
       
  1244 +.ft
       
  1245  .fi
       
  1246  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1247  .
       
  1248 @@ -2266,9 +2247,9 @@
       
  1249  changesets ancestral to the working directory:
       
  1250  .sp
       
  1251  .nf
       
  1252 -.ft C
       
  1253 +.ft
       
  1254  hg log \-f
       
  1255 -.ft P
       
  1256 +.ft
       
  1257  .fi
       
  1258  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1259  .
       
  1260 @@ -2275,9 +2256,9 @@
       
  1261  last 10 commits on the current branch:
       
  1262  .sp
       
  1263  .nf
       
  1264 -.ft C
       
  1265 +.ft
       
  1266  hg log \-l 10 \-b .
       
  1267 -.ft P
       
  1268 +.ft
       
  1269  .fi
       
  1270  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1271  .
       
  1272 @@ -2284,9 +2265,9 @@
       
  1273  changesets showing all modifications of a file, including removals:
       
  1274  .sp
       
  1275  .nf
       
  1276 -.ft C
       
  1277 +.ft
       
  1278  hg log \-\-removed file.c
       
  1279 -.ft P
       
  1280 +.ft
       
  1281  .fi
       
  1282  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1283  .
       
  1284 @@ -2293,9 +2274,9 @@
       
  1285  all changesets that touch a directory, with diffs, excluding merges:
       
  1286  .sp
       
  1287  .nf
       
  1288 -.ft C
       
  1289 +.ft
       
  1290  hg log \-Mp lib/
       
  1291 -.ft P
       
  1292 +.ft
       
  1293  .fi
       
  1294  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1295  .
       
  1296 @@ -2302,9 +2283,9 @@
       
  1297  all revision numbers that match a keyword:
       
  1298  .sp
       
  1299  .nf
       
  1300 -.ft C
       
  1301 +.ft
       
  1302  hg log \-k bug \-\-template "{rev}\en"
       
  1303 -.ft P
       
  1304 +.ft
       
  1305  .fi
       
  1306  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1307  .
       
  1308 @@ -2311,9 +2292,9 @@
       
  1309  check if a given changeset is included is a tagged release:
       
  1310  .sp
       
  1311  .nf
       
  1312 -.ft C
       
  1313 +.ft
       
  1314  hg log \-r "a21ccf and ancestor(1.9)"
       
  1315 -.ft P
       
  1316 +.ft
       
  1317  .fi
       
  1318  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1319  .
       
  1320 @@ -2320,9 +2301,9 @@
       
  1321  find all changesets by some user in a date range:
       
  1322  .sp
       
  1323  .nf
       
  1324 -.ft C
       
  1325 +.ft
       
  1326  hg log \-k alice \-d "may 2008 to jul 2008"
       
  1327 -.ft P
       
  1328 +.ft
       
  1329  .fi
       
  1330  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1331  .
       
  1332 @@ -2329,18 +2310,18 @@
       
  1333  summary of all changesets after the last tag:
       
  1334  .sp
       
  1335  .nf
       
  1336 -.ft C
       
  1337 +.ft
       
  1338  hg log \-r "last(tagged())::" \-\-template "{desc|firstline}\en"
       
  1339 -.ft P
       
  1340 +.ft
       
  1341  .fi
       
  1342  .UNINDENT
   679  .sp
  1343  .sp
   680 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1344 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
   681 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1345 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
   682  .sp
  1346  .sp
   683  By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,
  1347 -See \%\fBhg help revisions\fP\: and \%\fBhg help revsets\fP\: for more about
   684  tags, non\-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for
  1348 +See \fBhg help revisions\fP and \fBhg help revsets\fP for more about
   685 @@ -1785,9 +1759,9 @@
  1349  specifying revisions.
       
  1350  .sp
       
  1351 -See \%\fBhg help templates\fP\: for more about pre\-packaged styles and
       
  1352 +See \fBhg help templates\fP for more about pre\-packaged styles and
       
  1353  specifying custom templates.
       
  1354  .sp
       
  1355  Returns 0 on success.
       
  1356 @@ -2441,9 +2422,9 @@
   686  .SS manifest
  1357  .SS manifest
   687  .sp
  1358  .sp
   688  .nf
  1359  .nf
   689 -.ft C
  1360 -.ft C
   690 +.ft
  1361 +.ft
   692 -.ft P
  1363 -.ft P
   693 +.ft
  1364 +.ft
   694  .fi
  1365  .fi
   695  .sp
  1366  .sp
   696  Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.
  1367  Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.
   697 @@ -1809,9 +1783,9 @@
  1368 @@ -2472,9 +2453,9 @@
   698  .SS merge
  1369  .SS merge
   699  .sp
  1370  .sp
   700  .nf
  1371  .nf
   701 -.ft C
  1372 -.ft C
   702 +.ft
  1373 +.ft
   704 -.ft P
  1375 -.ft P
   705 +.ft
  1376 +.ft
   706  .fi
  1377  .fi
   707  .sp
  1378  .sp
   708  The current working directory is updated with all changes made in
  1379  The current working directory is updated with all changes made in
   709 @@ -1826,14 +1800,14 @@
  1380 @@ -2487,16 +2468,16 @@
       
  1381  .sp
       
  1382  \fB\-\-tool\fP can be used to specify the merge tool used for file
   710  merges. It overrides the HGMERGE environment variable and your
  1383  merges. It overrides the HGMERGE environment variable and your
   711  configuration files.
  1384 -configuration files. See \%\fBhg help merge\-tools\fP\: for options.
       
  1385 +configuration files. See \fBhg help merge\-tools\fP for options.
   712  .sp
  1386  .sp
   713 -If no revision is specified, the working directory\(aqs parent is a
  1387 -If no revision is specified, the working directory\(aqs parent is a
   714 +If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a
  1388 +If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a
   715  head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other
  1389  head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other
   716  head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an
  1390  head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an
   722 -To undo an uncommitted merge, use \%\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP\: which
  1396 -To undo an uncommitted merge, use \%\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP\: which
   723 +To undo an uncommitted merge, use \fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP which
  1397 +To undo an uncommitted merge, use \fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP which
   724  will check out a clean copy of the original merge parent, losing
  1398  will check out a clean copy of the original merge parent, losing
   725  all changes.
  1399  all changes.
   726  .sp
  1400  .sp
   727 @@ -1861,9 +1835,9 @@
  1401 @@ -2524,9 +2505,9 @@
   728  .SS outgoing
  1402  .SS outgoing
   729  .sp
  1403  .sp
   730  .nf
  1404  .nf
   731 -.ft C
  1405 -.ft C
   732 +.ft
  1406 +.ft
   734 -.ft P
  1408 -.ft P
   735 +.ft
  1409 +.ft
   736  .fi
  1410  .fi
   737  .sp
  1411  .sp
   738  Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository
  1412  Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository
   739 @@ -1946,12 +1920,12 @@
  1413 @@ -2609,12 +2590,12 @@
   740  .SS parents
  1414  .SS parents
   741  .sp
  1415  .sp
   742  .nf
  1416  .nf
   743 -.ft C
  1417 -.ft C
   744 +.ft
  1418 +.ft
   750 -Print the working directory\(aqs parent revisions. If a revision is
  1424 -Print the working directory\(aqs parent revisions. If a revision is
   751 +Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is
  1425 +Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is
   752  given via \-r/\-\-rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.
  1426  given via \-r/\-\-rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.
   753  If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was
  1427  If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was
   754  last changed (before the working directory revision or the
  1428  last changed (before the working directory revision or the
   755 @@ -1977,9 +1951,9 @@
  1429 @@ -2640,9 +2621,9 @@
   756  .SS paths
  1430  .SS paths
   757  .sp
  1431  .sp
   758  .nf
  1432  .nf
   759 -.ft C
  1433 -.ft C
   760 +.ft
  1434 +.ft
   762 -.ft P
  1436 -.ft P
   763 +.ft
  1437 +.ft
   764  .fi
  1438  .fi
   765  .sp
  1439  .sp
   766  Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,
  1440  Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,
   767 @@ -1997,18 +1971,18 @@
  1441 @@ -2663,18 +2644,18 @@
   768  as the fallback for both.  When cloning a repository, the clone
  1442  as the fallback for both.  When cloning a repository, the clone
   769  source is written as \fBdefault\fP in \fB.hg/hgrc\fP.  Note that
  1443  source is written as \fBdefault\fP in \fB.hg/hgrc\fP.  Note that
   770  \fBdefault\fP and \fBdefault\-push\fP apply to all inbound (e.g.
  1444  \fBdefault\fP and \fBdefault\-push\fP apply to all inbound (e.g.
   771 -\%\fBhg incoming\fP\:) and outbound (e.g. \%\fBhg outgoing\fP\:, \%\fBhg email\fP\: and
  1445 -\%\fBhg incoming\fP\:) and outbound (e.g. \%\fBhg outgoing\fP\:, \%\fBhg email\fP\: and
   772 -\%\fBhg bundle\fP\:) operations.
  1446 -\%\fBhg bundle\fP\:) operations.
   775  .sp
  1449  .sp
   776 -See \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for more information.
  1450 -See \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for more information.
   777 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for more information.
  1451 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for more information.
   778  .sp
  1452  .sp
   779  Returns 0 on success.
  1453  Returns 0 on success.
       
  1454  .SS phase
       
  1455  .sp
       
  1456  .nf
       
  1457 -.ft C
       
  1458 +.ft
       
  1459  hg phase [\-p|\-d|\-s] [\-f] [\-r] REV...
       
  1460 -.ft P
       
  1461 +.ft
       
  1462  .fi
       
  1463  .sp
       
  1464  With no argument, show the phase name of specified revisions.
       
  1465 @@ -2682,13 +2663,13 @@
       
  1466  With one of \-p/\-\-public, \-d/\-\-draft or \-s/\-\-secret, change the
       
  1467  phase value of the specified revisions.
       
  1468  .sp
       
  1469 -Unless \-f/\-\-force is specified, \%\fBhg phase\fP\: won\(aqt move changeset from a
       
  1470 +Unless \-f/\-\-force is specified, \fBhg phase\fP won't move changeset from a
       
  1471  lower phase to an higher phase. Phases are ordered as follows:
       
  1472  .sp
       
  1473  .nf
       
  1474 -.ft C
       
  1475 +.ft
       
  1476  public < draft < secret
       
  1477 -.ft P
       
  1478 +.ft
       
  1479  .fi
       
  1480  .sp
       
  1481  Return 0 on success, 1 if no phases were changed or some could not
       
  1482 @@ -2720,9 +2701,9 @@
   780  .SS pull
  1483  .SS pull
   781  .sp
  1484  .sp
   782  .nf
  1485  .nf
   783 -.ft C
  1486 -.ft C
   784 +.ft
  1487 +.ft
   786 -.ft P
  1489 -.ft P
   787 +.ft
  1490 +.ft
   788  .fi
  1491  .fi
   789  .sp
  1492  .sp
   790  Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one.
  1493  Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one.
   791 @@ -2018,13 +1992,13 @@
  1494 @@ -2732,13 +2713,13 @@
   792  \-R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the
  1495  \-R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the
   793  project in the working directory.
  1496  project in the working directory.
   794  .sp
  1497  .sp
   795 -Use \%\fBhg incoming\fP\: if you want to see what would have been added
  1498 -Use \%\fBhg incoming\fP\: if you want to see what would have been added
   796 +Use \fBhg incoming\fP if you want to see what would have been added
  1499 +Use \fBhg incoming\fP if you want to see what would have been added
   805 +If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.
  1508 +If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.
   806 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for more information.
  1509 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for more information.
   807  .sp
  1510  .sp
   808  Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update had unresolved files.
  1511  Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update had unresolved files.
   809  .sp
  1512  .sp
   810 @@ -2066,9 +2040,9 @@
  1513 @@ -2780,9 +2761,9 @@
   811  .SS push
  1514  .SS push
   812  .sp
  1515  .sp
   813  .nf
  1516  .nf
   814 -.ft C
  1517 -.ft C
   815 +.ft
  1518 +.ft
   817 -.ft P
  1520 -.ft P
   818 +.ft
  1521 +.ft
   819  .fi
  1522  .fi
   820  .sp
  1523  .sp
   821  Push changesets from the local repository to the specified
  1524  Push changesets from the local repository to the specified
   822 @@ -2092,7 +2066,7 @@
  1525 @@ -2806,7 +2787,7 @@
   823  If \-r/\-\-rev is used, the specified revision and all its ancestors
  1526  If \-r/\-\-rev is used, the specified revision and all its ancestors
   824  will be pushed to the remote repository.
  1527  will be pushed to the remote repository.
   825  .sp
  1528  .sp
   826 -Please see \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for important details about \fBssh://\fP
  1529 -Please see \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for important details about \fBssh://\fP
   827 +Please see \fBhg help urls\fP for important details about \fBssh://\fP
  1530 +Please see \fBhg help urls\fP for important details about \fBssh://\fP
   828  URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.
  1531  URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.
   829  .sp
  1532  .sp
   830  Returns 0 if push was successful, 1 if nothing to push.
  1533  Returns 0 if push was successful, 1 if nothing to push.
   831 @@ -2135,9 +2109,9 @@
  1534 @@ -2849,9 +2830,9 @@
   832  .SS recover
  1535  .SS recover
   833  .sp
  1536  .sp
   834  .nf
  1537  .nf
   835 -.ft C
  1538 -.ft C
   836 +.ft
  1539 +.ft
   838 -.ft P
  1541 -.ft P
   839 +.ft
  1542 +.ft
   840  .fi
  1543  .fi
   841  .sp
  1544  .sp
   842  Recover from an interrupted commit or pull.
  1545  Recover from an interrupted commit or pull.
   843 @@ -2150,9 +2124,9 @@
  1546 @@ -2864,16 +2845,16 @@
   844  .SS remove
  1547  .SS remove
   845  .sp
  1548  .sp
   846  .nf
  1549  .nf
   847 -.ft C
  1550 -.ft C
   848 +.ft
  1551 +.ft
   849  hg remove [OPTION]... FILE...
  1552  hg remove [OPTION]... FILE...
   850 -.ft P
  1553 -.ft P
   851 +.ft
  1554 +.ft
   852  .fi
  1555  .fi
   853  .sp
  1556  .sp
   854  Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository.
  1557  Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch.
   855 @@ -2166,21 +2140,21 @@
  1558  .sp
       
  1559  This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.
       
  1560 -To undo a remove before that, see \%\fBhg revert\fP\:. To undo added
       
  1561 -files, see \%\fBhg forget\fP\:.
       
  1562 +To undo a remove before that, see \fBhg revert\fP. To undo added
       
  1563 +files, see \fBhg forget\fP.
       
  1564  .sp
       
  1565  \-A/\-\-after can be used to remove only files that have already
       
  1566  been deleted, \-f/\-\-force can be used to force deletion, and \-Af
       
  1567 @@ -2883,7 +2864,7 @@
   856  The following table details the behavior of remove for different
  1568  The following table details the behavior of remove for different
   857  file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file
  1569  file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file
   858  states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as
  1570  states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]
   859 -reported by \%\fBhg status\fP\:). The actions are Warn, Remove (from
  1571 -(as reported by \%\fBhg status\fP\:). The actions are Warn, Remove
   860 +reported by \fBhg status\fP). The actions are Warn, Remove (from
  1572 +(as reported by \fBhg status\fP). The actions are Warn, Remove
   861  branch) and Delete (from disk):
  1573  (from branch) and Delete (from disk):
   862  .sp
  1574  .TS
   863  .nf
  1575  center;
   864 -.ft C
  1576 @@ -2975,9 +2956,9 @@
   865 +.ft
       
   866         A  C  M  !
       
   867  none   W  RD W  R
       
   868  \-f     R  RD RD R
       
   869  \-A     W  W  W  R
       
   870  \-Af    R  R  R  R
       
   871 -.ft P
       
   872 +.ft
       
   873  .fi
       
   874  .sp
       
   875  This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.
       
   876 -To undo a remove before that, see \%\fBhg revert\fP\:.
       
   877 +To undo a remove before that, see \fBhg revert\fP.
       
   878  .sp
       
   879  Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered.
       
   880  .sp
       
   881 @@ -2208,9 +2182,9 @@
       
   882  .SS rename
  1577  .SS rename
   883  .sp
  1578  .sp
   884  .nf
  1579  .nf
   885 -.ft C
  1580 -.ft C
   886 +.ft
  1581 +.ft
   888 -.ft P
  1583 -.ft P
   889 +.ft
  1584 +.ft
   890  .fi
  1585  .fi
   891  .sp
  1586  .sp
   892  Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest
  1587  Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest
   893 @@ -2222,7 +2196,7 @@
  1588 @@ -2989,7 +2970,7 @@
   894  operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.
  1589  operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.
   895  .sp
  1590  .sp
   896  This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename
  1591  This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename
   897 -before that, see \%\fBhg revert\fP\:.
  1592 -before that, see \%\fBhg revert\fP\:.
   898 +before that, see \fBhg revert\fP.
  1593 +before that, see \fBhg revert\fP.
   899  .sp
  1594  .sp
   900  Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
  1595  Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
   901  .sp
  1596  .sp
   902 @@ -2254,9 +2228,9 @@
  1597 @@ -3021,9 +3002,9 @@
   903  .SS resolve
  1598  .SS resolve
   904  .sp
  1599  .sp
   905  .nf
  1600  .nf
   906 -.ft C
  1601 -.ft C
   907 +.ft
  1602 +.ft
   909 -.ft P
  1604 -.ft P
   910 +.ft
  1605 +.ft
   911  .fi
  1606  .fi
   912  .sp
  1607  .sp
   913  Merges with unresolved conflicts are often the result of
  1608  Merges with unresolved conflicts are often the result of
   914 @@ -2263,7 +2237,7 @@
  1609 @@ -3030,15 +3011,15 @@
   915  non\-interactive merging using the \fBinternal:merge\fP configuration
  1610  non\-interactive merging using the \fBinternal:merge\fP configuration
   916  setting, or a command\-line merge tool like \fBdiff3\fP. The resolve
  1611  setting, or a command\-line merge tool like \fBdiff3\fP. The resolve
   917  command is used to manage the files involved in a merge, after
  1612  command is used to manage the files involved in a merge, after
   918 -\%\fBhg merge\fP\: has been run, and before \%\fBhg commit\fP\: is run (i.e. the
  1613 -\%\fBhg merge\fP\: has been run, and before \%\fBhg commit\fP\: is run (i.e. the
       
  1614 -working directory must have two parents). See \%\fBhg help
       
  1615 -merge\-tools\fP\: for information on configuring merge tools.
   919 +\fBhg merge\fP has been run, and before \fBhg commit\fP is run (i.e. the
  1616 +\fBhg merge\fP has been run, and before \fBhg commit\fP is run (i.e. the
   920  working directory must have two parents).
  1617 +working directory must have two parents). See \fBhg help
       
  1618 +merge\-tools\fP for information on configuring merge tools.
   921  .sp
  1619  .sp
   922  The resolve command can be used in the following ways:
  1620  The resolve command can be used in the following ways:
   923 @@ -2270,7 +2244,7 @@
       
   924  .INDENT 0.0
  1621  .INDENT 0.0
   925  .IP \(bu 2
  1622  .IP \(bu 2
   926  .
  1623  .
   927 -\%\fBhg resolve [\-\-tool TOOL] FILE...\fP\:: attempt to re\-merge the specified
  1624 -\%\fBhg resolve [\-\-tool TOOL] FILE...\fP\:: attempt to re\-merge the specified
   928 +\fBhg resolve [\-\-tool TOOL] FILE...\fP: attempt to re\-merge the specified
  1625 +\fBhg resolve [\-\-tool TOOL] FILE...\fP: attempt to re\-merge the specified
   929  files, discarding any previous merge attempts. Re\-merging is not
  1626  files, discarding any previous merge attempts. Re\-merging is not
   930  performed for files already marked as resolved. Use \fB\-\-all/\-a\fP
  1627  performed for files already marked as resolved. Use \fB\-\-all/\-a\fP
   931  to selects all unresolved files. \fB\-\-tool\fP can be used to specify
  1628  to select all unresolved files. \fB\-\-tool\fP can be used to specify
   932 @@ -2278,21 +2252,21 @@
  1629 @@ -3047,21 +3028,21 @@
   933  environment variable and your configuration files.
  1630  contents are saved with a \fB.orig\fP suffix.
   934  .IP \(bu 2
  1631  .IP \(bu 2
   935  .
  1632  .
   936 -\%\fBhg resolve \-m [FILE]\fP\:: mark a file as having been resolved
  1633 -\%\fBhg resolve \-m [FILE]\fP\:: mark a file as having been resolved
   937 +\fBhg resolve \-m [FILE]\fP: mark a file as having been resolved
  1634 +\fBhg resolve \-m [FILE]\fP: mark a file as having been resolved
   938  (e.g. after having manually fixed\-up the files). The default is
  1635  (e.g. after having manually fixed\-up the files). The default is
   953 -merge conflicts. You must use \%\fBhg resolve \-m ...\fP\: before you can
  1650 -merge conflicts. You must use \%\fBhg resolve \-m ...\fP\: before you can
   954 +merge conflicts. You must use \fBhg resolve \-m ...\fP before you can
  1651 +merge conflicts. You must use \fBhg resolve \-m ...\fP before you can
   955  commit after a conflicting merge.
  1652  commit after a conflicting merge.
   956  .sp
  1653  .sp
   957  Returns 0 on success, 1 if any files fail a resolve attempt.
  1654  Returns 0 on success, 1 if any files fail a resolve attempt.
   958 @@ -2335,9 +2309,9 @@
  1655 @@ -3104,14 +3085,15 @@
   959  .SS revert
  1656  .SS revert
   960  .sp
  1657  .sp
   961  .nf
  1658  .nf
   962 -.ft C
  1659 -.ft C
   963 +.ft
  1660 +.ft
   964  hg revert [OPTION]... [\-r REV] [NAME]...
  1661  hg revert [OPTION]... [\-r REV] [NAME]...
   965 -.ft P
  1662 -.ft P
   966 +.ft
  1663 +.ft
   967  .fi
  1664  .fi
       
  1665 +.RS 0
   968  .IP Note
  1666  .IP Note
   969  .
  1667  .
   970 @@ -2344,8 +2318,8 @@
  1668 -To check out earlier revisions, you should use \%\fBhg update REV\fP\:.
   971  This command is most likely not what you are looking for.
  1669 -To cancel a merge (and lose your changes), use \%\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP\:.
   972  Revert will partially overwrite content in the working
  1670 +To check out earlier revisions, you should use \fBhg update REV\fP.
   973  directory without changing the working directory parents. Use
  1671 +To cancel a merge (and lose your changes), use \fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP.
   974 -\%\fBhg update \-r rev\fP\: to check out earlier revisions, or
       
   975 -\%\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP\: to undo a merge which has added another
       
   976 +\fBhg update \-r rev\fP to check out earlier revisions, or
       
   977 +\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP to undo a merge which has added another
       
   978  parent.
       
   979  .RE
  1672  .RE
   980  .sp
  1673  .sp
   981 @@ -2358,8 +2332,8 @@
  1674  With no revision specified, revert the specified files or directories
   982  .sp
  1675 @@ -3125,13 +3107,13 @@
   983  Using the \-r/\-\-rev option, revert the given files or directories
  1676  directories to their states as of a specific revision. Because
   984  to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful
  1677  revert does not change the working directory parents, this will
   985 -to "roll back" some or all of an earlier change. See \%\fBhg help
  1678  cause these files to appear modified. This can be helpful to "back
   986 -dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1679 -out" some or all of an earlier change. See \%\fBhg backout\fP\: for a
   987 +to "roll back" some or all of an earlier change. See \fBhg help
  1680 +out" some or all of an earlier change. See \fBhg backout\fP for a
   988 +dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1681  related method.
   989  .sp
  1682  .sp
   990  Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any
  1683  Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.
   991  changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you
  1684  To disable these backups, use \-\-no\-backup.
   992 @@ -2412,9 +2386,9 @@
  1685  .sp
       
  1686 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
       
  1687 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
       
  1688  .sp
       
  1689  Returns 0 on success.
       
  1690  .sp
       
  1691 @@ -3169,9 +3151,9 @@
   993  .SS rollback
  1692  .SS rollback
   994  .sp
  1693  .sp
   995  .nf
  1694  .nf
   996 -.ft C
  1695 -.ft C
   997 +.ft
  1696 +.ft
   999 -.ft P
  1698 -.ft P
  1000 +.ft
  1699 +.ft
  1001  .fi
  1700  .fi
  1002  .sp
  1701  .sp
  1003  This command should be used with care. There is only one level of
  1702  This command should be used with care. There is only one level of
  1004 @@ -2464,9 +2438,9 @@
  1703 @@ -3203,7 +3185,7 @@
       
  1704  .UNINDENT
       
  1705  .sp
       
  1706  To avoid permanent data loss, rollback will refuse to rollback a
       
  1707 -commit transaction if it isn\(aqt checked out. Use \-\-force to
       
  1708 +commit transaction if it isn't checked out. Use \-\-force to
       
  1709  override this protection.
       
  1710  .sp
       
  1711  This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once
       
  1712 @@ -3229,9 +3211,9 @@
  1005  .SS root
  1713  .SS root
  1006  .sp
  1714  .sp
  1007  .nf
  1715  .nf
  1008 -.ft C
  1716 -.ft C
  1009 +.ft
  1717 +.ft
  1011 -.ft P
  1719 -.ft P
  1012 +.ft
  1720 +.ft
  1013  .fi
  1721  .fi
  1014  .sp
  1722  .sp
  1015  Print the root directory of the current repository.
  1723  Print the root directory of the current repository.
  1016 @@ -2475,9 +2449,9 @@
  1724 @@ -3240,9 +3222,9 @@
  1017  .SS serve
  1725  .SS serve
  1018  .sp
  1726  .sp
  1019  .nf
  1727  .nf
  1020 -.ft C
  1728 -.ft C
  1021 +.ft
  1729 +.ft
  1023 -.ft P
  1731 -.ft P
  1024 +.ft
  1732 +.ft
  1025  .fi
  1733  .fi
  1026  .sp
  1734  .sp
  1027  Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server. You can use
  1735  Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server. You can use
  1028 @@ -2571,9 +2545,9 @@
  1736 @@ -3340,9 +3322,9 @@
  1029  .SS showconfig
  1737  .SS showconfig
  1030  .sp
  1738  .sp
  1031  .nf
  1739  .nf
  1032 -.ft C
  1740 -.ft C
  1033 +.ft
  1741 +.ft
  1035 -.ft P
  1743 -.ft P
  1036 +.ft
  1744 +.ft
  1037  .fi
  1745  .fi
  1038  .sp
  1746  .sp
  1039  With no arguments, print names and values of all config items.
  1747  With no arguments, print names and values of all config items.
  1040 @@ -2601,9 +2575,9 @@
  1748 @@ -3370,9 +3352,9 @@
  1041  .SS status
  1749  .SS status
  1042  .sp
  1750  .sp
  1043  .nf
  1751  .nf
  1044 -.ft C
  1752 -.ft C
  1045 +.ft
  1753 +.ft
  1047 -.ft P
  1755 -.ft P
  1048 +.ft
  1756 +.ft
  1049  .fi
  1757  .fi
  1050  .sp
  1758  .sp
  1051  Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only
  1759  Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only
  1052 @@ -2631,7 +2605,7 @@
  1760 @@ -3384,6 +3366,7 @@
       
  1761  .sp
       
  1762  Option \-q/\-\-quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files
       
  1763  unless explicitly requested with \-u/\-\-unknown or \-i/\-\-ignored.
       
  1764 +.RS 0
       
  1765  .IP Note
       
  1766  .
       
  1767  status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have
       
  1768 @@ -3400,7 +3383,7 @@
  1053  The codes used to show the status of files are:
  1769  The codes used to show the status of files are:
  1054  .sp
  1770  .sp
  1055  .nf
  1771  .nf
  1056 -.ft C
  1772 -.ft C
  1057 +.ft
  1773 +.ft
  1058  M = modified
  1774  M = modified
  1059  A = added
  1775  A = added
  1060  R = removed
  1776  R = removed
  1061 @@ -2640,7 +2614,7 @@
  1777 @@ -3409,7 +3392,7 @@
  1062  ? = not tracked
  1778  ? = not tracked
  1063  I = ignored
  1779  I = ignored
  1064    = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)
  1780    = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)
  1065 -.ft P
  1781 -.ft P
  1066 +.ft
  1782 +.ft
  1067  .fi
  1783  .fi
  1068  .sp
  1784  .sp
  1069  Returns 0 on success.
  1785  Examples:
  1070 @@ -2717,9 +2691,9 @@
  1786 @@ -3420,9 +3403,9 @@
       
  1787  changeset:
       
  1788  .sp
       
  1789  .nf
       
  1790 -.ft C
       
  1791 +.ft
       
  1792  hg status \-\-rev 9353
       
  1793 -.ft P
       
  1794 +.ft
       
  1795  .fi
       
  1796  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1797  .
       
  1798 @@ -3429,9 +3412,9 @@
       
  1799  show all changes including copies in an existing changeset:
       
  1800  .sp
       
  1801  .nf
       
  1802 -.ft C
       
  1803 +.ft
       
  1804  hg status \-\-copies \-\-change 9353
       
  1805 -.ft P
       
  1806 +.ft
       
  1807  .fi
       
  1808  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1809  .
       
  1810 @@ -3438,9 +3421,9 @@
       
  1811  get a NUL separated list of added files, suitable for xargs:
       
  1812  .sp
       
  1813  .nf
       
  1814 -.ft C
       
  1815 +.ft
       
  1816  hg status \-an0
       
  1817 -.ft P
       
  1818 +.ft
       
  1819  .fi
       
  1820  .UNINDENT
       
  1821  .sp
       
  1822 @@ -3518,9 +3501,9 @@
  1071  .SS summary
  1823  .SS summary
  1072  .sp
  1824  .sp
  1073  .nf
  1825  .nf
  1074 -.ft C
  1826 -.ft C
  1075 +.ft
  1827 +.ft
  1077 -.ft P
  1829 -.ft P
  1078 +.ft
  1830 +.ft
  1079  .fi
  1831  .fi
  1080  .sp
  1832  .sp
  1081  This generates a brief summary of the working directory state,
  1833  This generates a brief summary of the working directory state,
  1082 @@ -2742,9 +2716,9 @@
  1834 @@ -3543,9 +3526,9 @@
  1083  .SS tag
  1835  .SS tag
  1084  .sp
  1836  .sp
  1085  .nf
  1837  .nf
  1086 -.ft C
  1838 -.ft C
  1087 +.ft
  1839 +.ft
  1089 -.ft P
  1841 -.ft P
  1090 +.ft
  1842 +.ft
  1091  .fi
  1843  .fi
  1092  .sp
  1844  .sp
  1093  Name a particular revision using <name>.
  1845  Name a particular revision using <name>.
  1094 @@ -2765,11 +2739,11 @@
  1846 @@ -3566,11 +3549,11 @@
  1095  repositories).
  1847  repositories).
  1096  .sp
  1848  .sp
  1097  Tag commits are usually made at the head of a branch. If the parent
  1849  Tag commits are usually made at the head of a branch. If the parent
  1098 -of the working directory is not a branch head, \%\fBhg tag\fP\: aborts; use
  1850 -of the working directory is not a branch head, \%\fBhg tag\fP\: aborts; use
  1099 +of the working directory is not a branch head, \fBhg tag\fP aborts; use
  1851 +of the working directory is not a branch head, \fBhg tag\fP aborts; use
  1103 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1855 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1104 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1856 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1105  .sp
  1857  .sp
  1106  Since tag names have priority over branch names during revision
  1858  Since tag names have priority over branch names during revision
  1107  lookup, using an existing branch name as a tag name is discouraged.
  1859  lookup, using an existing branch name as a tag name is discouraged.
  1108 @@ -2814,9 +2788,9 @@
  1860 @@ -3615,9 +3598,9 @@
  1109  .SS tags
  1861  .SS tags
  1110  .sp
  1862  .sp
  1111  .nf
  1863  .nf
  1112 -.ft C
  1864 -.ft C
  1113 +.ft
  1865 +.ft
  1115 -.ft P
  1867 -.ft P
  1116 +.ft
  1868 +.ft
  1117  .fi
  1869  .fi
  1118  .sp
  1870  .sp
  1119  This lists both regular and local tags. When the \-v/\-\-verbose
  1871  This lists both regular and local tags. When the \-v/\-\-verbose
  1120 @@ -2826,9 +2800,9 @@
  1872 @@ -3627,9 +3610,9 @@
  1121  .SS tip
  1873  .SS tip
  1122  .sp
  1874  .sp
  1123  .nf
  1875  .nf
  1124 -.ft C
  1876 -.ft C
  1125 +.ft
  1877 +.ft
  1127 -.ft P
  1879 -.ft P
  1128 +.ft
  1880 +.ft
  1129  .fi
  1881  .fi
  1130  .sp
  1882  .sp
  1131  The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset
  1883  The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset
  1132 @@ -2864,9 +2838,9 @@
  1884 @@ -3665,9 +3648,9 @@
  1133  .SS unbundle
  1885  .SS unbundle
  1134  .sp
  1886  .sp
  1135  .nf
  1887  .nf
  1136 -.ft C
  1888 -.ft C
  1137 +.ft
  1889 +.ft
  1139 -.ft P
  1891 -.ft P
  1140 +.ft
  1892 +.ft
  1141  .fi
  1893  .fi
  1142  .sp
  1894  .sp
  1143  Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the
  1895  Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the
  1144 @@ -2884,16 +2858,16 @@
  1896 @@ -3685,24 +3668,24 @@
  1145  .SS update
  1897  .SS update
  1146  .sp
  1898  .sp
  1147  .nf
  1899  .nf
  1148 -.ft C
  1900 -.ft C
  1149 +.ft
  1901 +.ft
  1153  .fi
  1905  .fi
  1154  .sp
  1906  .sp
  1155 -Update the repository\(aqs working directory to the specified
  1907 -Update the repository\(aqs working directory to the specified
  1156 +Update the repository's working directory to the specified
  1908 +Update the repository's working directory to the specified
  1157  changeset. If no changeset is specified, update to the tip of the
  1909  changeset. If no changeset is specified, update to the tip of the
  1158  current named branch.
  1910 -current named branch and move the current bookmark (see \%\fBhg help
       
  1911 -bookmarks\fP\:).
       
  1912 +current named branch and move the current bookmark (see \fBhg help
       
  1913 +bookmarks\fP).
  1159  .sp
  1914  .sp
  1160 -If the changeset is not a descendant of the working directory\(aqs
  1915 -If the changeset is not a descendant of the working directory\(aqs
  1161 +If the changeset is not a descendant of the working directory's
  1916 +If the changeset is not a descendant of the working directory's
  1162  parent, the update is aborted. With the \-c/\-\-check option, the
  1917  parent, the update is aborted. With the \-c/\-\-check option, the
  1163  working directory is checked for uncommitted changes; if none are
  1918  working directory is checked for uncommitted changes; if none are
  1164  found, the working directory is updated to the specified
  1919  found, the working directory is updated to the specified
  1165 @@ -2906,7 +2880,7 @@
  1920  changeset.
       
  1921  .sp
       
  1922 -Update sets the working directory\(aqs parent revison to the specified
       
  1923 -changeset (see \%\fBhg help parents\fP\:).
       
  1924 +Update sets the working directory's parent revison to the specified
       
  1925 +changeset (see \fBhg help parents\fP).
       
  1926  .sp
       
  1927  The following rules apply when the working directory contains
       
  1928  uncommitted changes:
       
  1929 @@ -3711,7 +3694,7 @@
  1166  .
  1930  .
  1167  If neither \-c/\-\-check nor \-C/\-\-clean is specified, and if
  1931  If neither \-c/\-\-check nor \-C/\-\-clean is specified, and if
  1168  the requested changeset is an ancestor or descendant of
  1932  the requested changeset is an ancestor or descendant of
  1169 -the working directory\(aqs parent, the uncommitted changes
  1933 -the working directory\(aqs parent, the uncommitted changes
  1170 +the working directory's parent, the uncommitted changes
  1934 +the working directory's parent, the uncommitted changes
  1171  are merged into the requested changeset and the merged
  1935  are merged into the requested changeset and the merged
  1172  result is left uncommitted. If the requested changeset is
  1936  result is left uncommitted. If the requested changeset is
  1173  not an ancestor or descendant (that is, it is on another
  1937  not an ancestor or descendant (that is, it is on another
  1174 @@ -2923,12 +2897,12 @@
  1938 @@ -3728,12 +3711,12 @@
  1175  .UNINDENT
  1939  .UNINDENT
  1176  .sp
  1940  .sp
  1177  Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like
  1941  Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like
  1178 -\%\fBhg clone \-U\fP\:).
  1942 -\%\fBhg clone \-U\fP\:).
  1179 +\fBhg clone \-U\fP).
  1943 +\fBhg clone \-U\fP).
  1180  .sp
  1944  .sp
  1181  If you want to update just one file to an older changeset, use
  1945  If you want to revert just one file to an older revision, use
  1182 -\%\fBhg revert\fP\:.
  1946 -\%\fBhg revert [\-r REV] NAME\fP\:.
  1183 +\fBhg revert\fP.
  1947 +\fBhg revert [\-r REV] NAME\fP.
  1184  .sp
  1948  .sp
  1185 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1949 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1186 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1950 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  1187  .sp
  1951  .sp
  1188  Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files.
  1952  Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files.
  1189  .sp
  1953  .sp
  1190 @@ -2956,14 +2930,14 @@
  1954 @@ -3761,14 +3744,14 @@
  1191  .SS verify
  1955  .SS verify
  1192  .sp
  1956  .sp
  1193  .nf
  1957  .nf
  1194 -.ft C
  1958 -.ft C
  1195 +.ft
  1959 +.ft
  1203 -This will perform an extensive check of the repository\(aqs
  1967 -This will perform an extensive check of the repository\(aqs
  1204 +This will perform an extensive check of the repository's
  1968 +This will perform an extensive check of the repository's
  1205  integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in
  1969  integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in
  1206  the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the
  1970  the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the
  1207  integrity of their crosslinks and indices.
  1971  integrity of their crosslinks and indices.
  1208 @@ -2972,9 +2946,9 @@
  1972 @@ -3777,9 +3760,9 @@
  1209  .SS version
  1973  .SS version
  1210  .sp
  1974  .sp
  1211  .nf
  1975  .nf
  1212 -.ft C
  1976 -.ft C
  1213 +.ft
  1977 +.ft
  1215 -.ft P
  1979 -.ft P
  1216 +.ft
  1980 +.ft
  1217  .fi
  1981  .fi
  1218  .sp
  1982  .sp
  1219  output version and copyright information
  1983  output version and copyright information
  1220 @@ -3040,9 +3014,9 @@
  1984 @@ -3838,7 +3821,7 @@
  1221  the active user, Mercurial will warn you that the file is skipped:
       
  1222  .sp
       
  1223  .nf
       
  1224 -.ft C
       
  1225 +.ft
       
  1226  not trusting file <repo>/.hg/hgrc from untrusted user USER, group GROUP
       
  1227 -.ft P
       
  1228 +.ft
       
  1229  .fi
       
  1230  .sp
       
  1231  If this bothers you, the warning can be silenced (the file would still
       
  1232 @@ -3065,11 +3039,11 @@
       
  1233  and followed by \fBname = value\fP entries:
       
  1234  .sp
       
  1235  .nf
       
  1236 -.ft C
       
  1237 +.ft
       
  1238  [ui]
       
  1239  username = Firstname Lastname <[email protected]>
       
  1240  verbose = True
       
  1241 -.ft P
       
  1242 +.ft
       
  1243  .fi
       
  1244  .sp
       
  1245  The above entries will be referred to as \fBui.username\fP and
       
  1246 @@ -3081,7 +3055,7 @@
       
  1247  on Unix\-like systems: \fBman hgrc\fP
       
  1248  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1249  .
       
  1250 -online: \%http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/hgrc.5.html\:
       
  1251 +online: http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/hgrc.5.html
       
  1252  .UNINDENT
       
  1253  .SH DATE FORMATS
       
  1254  .sp
       
  1255 @@ -3138,7 +3112,7 @@
       
  1256  \fB12/6/6\fP (Dec 6 2006)
  1985  \fB12/6/6\fP (Dec 6 2006)
  1257  .UNINDENT
  1986  .UNINDENT
  1258  .sp
  1987  .sp
  1259 -Lastly, there is Mercurial\(aqs internal format:
  1988 -Lastly, there is Mercurial\(aqs internal format:
  1260 +Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format:
  1989 +Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format:
  1261  .INDENT 0.0
  1990  .INDENT 0.0
  1262  .IP \(bu 2
  1991  .IP \(bu 2
  1263  .
  1992  .
  1264 @@ -3197,17 +3171,17 @@
  1993 @@ -3867,7 +3850,7 @@
  1265  Plain examples:
       
  1266  .sp
       
  1267  .nf
       
  1268 -.ft C
       
  1269 +.ft
       
  1270  path:foo/bar   a name bar in a directory named foo in the root
       
  1271                 of the repository
       
  1272  path:path:name a file or directory named "path:name"
       
  1273 -.ft P
       
  1274 +.ft
       
  1275  .fi
       
  1276  .sp
       
  1277  Glob examples:
       
  1278  .sp
       
  1279  .nf
       
  1280 -.ft C
       
  1281 +.ft
       
  1282  glob:*.c       any name ending in ".c" in the current directory
       
  1283  *.c            any name ending in ".c" in the current directory
       
  1284  **.c           any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of the
       
  1285 @@ -3215,24 +3189,24 @@
       
  1286  foo/*.c        any name ending in ".c" in the directory foo
       
  1287  foo/**.c       any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of foo
       
  1288                 including itself.
       
  1289 -.ft P
       
  1290 +.ft
       
  1291  .fi
       
  1292  .sp
       
  1293  Regexp examples:
       
  1294  .sp
       
  1295  .nf
       
  1296 -.ft C
       
  1297 +.ft
       
  1298  re:.*\e.c$      any name ending in ".c", anywhere in the repository
       
  1299 -.ft P
       
  1300 +.ft
       
  1301  .fi
       
  1302  .sp
       
  1303  File examples:
       
  1304  .sp
       
  1305  .nf
       
  1306 -.ft C
       
  1307 +.ft
       
  1308  listfile:list.txt  read list from list.txt with one file pattern per line
       
  1309  listfile0:list.txt read list from list.txt with null byte delimiters
       
  1310 -.ft P
       
  1311 +.ft
       
  1312  .fi
       
  1313  .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
       
  1314  .INDENT 0.0
       
  1315 @@ -3239,10 +3213,10 @@
       
  1316  .TP
       
  1317  .B HG
       
  1318  .
       
  1319 -Path to the \(aqhg\(aq executable, automatically passed when running
       
  1320 +Path to the 'hg' executable, automatically passed when running
       
  1321  hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is
       
  1322 -the hg executable\(aqs name if it\(aqs frozen, or an executable named
       
  1323 -\(aqhg\(aq (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on
       
  1324 +the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named
       
  1325 +\'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on
       
  1326  Windows) is searched.
       
  1327  .TP
       
  1328  .B HGEDITOR
       
  1329 @@ -3260,9 +3234,9 @@
       
  1330  .TP
       
  1331  .B HGENCODINGMODE
       
  1332  .
       
  1333 -This sets Mercurial\(aqs behavior for handling unknown characters
       
  1334 +This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters
       
  1335  while transcoding user input. The default is "strict", which
       
  1336 -causes Mercurial to abort if it can\(aqt map a character. Other
       
  1337 +causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other
       
  1338  settings include "replace", which replaces unknown characters, and
       
  1339  "ignore", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with
       
  1340  the \-\-encodingmode command\-line option.
       
  1341 @@ -3269,7 +3243,7 @@
       
  1342  .TP
       
  1343  .B HGENCODINGAMBIGUOUS
       
  1344  .
       
  1345 -This sets Mercurial\(aqs behavior for handling characters with
       
  1346 +This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling characters with
       
  1347  "ambiguous" widths like accented Latin characters with East Asian
       
  1348  fonts. By default, Mercurial assumes ambiguous characters are
       
  1349  narrow, set this variable to "wide" if such characters cause
       
  1350 @@ -3294,7 +3268,7 @@
       
  1351  .INDENT 7.0
       
  1352  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1353  .
       
  1354 -if it\(aqs a directory, all files ending with .rc are added
       
  1355 +if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added
       
  1356  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1357  .
       
  1358  otherwise, the file itself will be added
       
  1359 @@ -3303,7 +3277,7 @@
       
  1360  .B HGPLAIN
       
  1361  .
       
  1362  When set, this disables any configuration settings that might
       
  1363 -change Mercurial\(aqs default output. This includes encoding,
       
  1364 +change Mercurial's default output. This includes encoding,
       
  1365  defaults, verbose mode, debug mode, quiet mode, tracebacks, and
       
  1366  localization. This can be useful when scripting against Mercurial
       
  1367  in the face of existing user configuration.
       
  1368 @@ -3354,7 +3328,7 @@
       
  1369  editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment
       
  1370  variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first
       
  1371  non\-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor
       
  1372 -defaults to \(aqvi\(aq.
       
  1373 +defaults to 'vi'.
       
  1374  .TP
       
  1375  .B PYTHONPATH
       
  1376  .
       
  1377 @@ -3422,7 +3396,7 @@
       
  1378  .sp
       
  1379  Special characters can be used in quoted identifiers by escaping them,
       
  1380  e.g., \fB\en\fP is interpreted as a newline. To prevent them from being
       
  1381 -interpreted, strings can be prefixed with \fBr\fP, e.g. \fBr\(aq...\(aq\fP.
       
  1382 +interpreted, strings can be prefixed with \fBr\fP, e.g. \fBr'...'\fP.
       
  1383  .sp
       
  1384  There is a single prefix operator:
       
  1385  .INDENT 0.0
       
  1386 @@ -3468,10 +3442,10 @@
       
  1387  .\" predicatesmarker
       
  1388  .
       
  1389  .sp
       
  1390 -Command line equivalents for \%\fBhg log\fP\::
       
  1391 +Command line equivalents for \fBhg log\fP:
       
  1392  .sp
       
  1393  .nf
       
  1394 -.ft C
       
  1395 +.ft
       
  1396  \-f    \->  ::.
       
  1397  \-d x  \->  date(x)
       
  1398  \-k x  \->  keyword(x)
       
  1399 @@ -3480,7 +3454,7 @@
       
  1400  \-b x  \->  branch(x)
       
  1401  \-P x  \->  !::x
       
  1402  \-l x  \->  limit(expr, x)
       
  1403 -.ft P
       
  1404 +.ft
       
  1405  .fi
       
  1406  .sp
       
  1407  Some sample queries:
       
  1408 @@ -3490,9 +3464,9 @@
       
  1409  Changesets on the default branch:
       
  1410  .sp
       
  1411  .nf
       
  1412 -.ft C
       
  1413 +.ft
       
  1414  hg log \-r "branch(default)"
       
  1415 -.ft P
       
  1416 +.ft
       
  1417  .fi
       
  1418  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1419  .
       
  1420 @@ -3499,9 +3473,9 @@
       
  1421  Changesets on the default branch since tag 1.5 (excluding merges):
       
  1422  .sp
       
  1423  .nf
       
  1424 -.ft C
       
  1425 +.ft
       
  1426  hg log \-r "branch(default) and 1.5:: and not merge()"
       
  1427 -.ft P
       
  1428 +.ft
       
  1429  .fi
       
  1430  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1431  .
       
  1432 @@ -3508,9 +3482,9 @@
       
  1433  Open branch heads:
       
  1434  .sp
       
  1435  .nf
       
  1436 -.ft C
       
  1437 +.ft
       
  1438  hg log \-r "head() and not closed()"
       
  1439 -.ft P
       
  1440 +.ft
       
  1441  .fi
       
  1442  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1443  .
       
  1444 @@ -3518,9 +3492,9 @@
       
  1445  \fBhgext/*\fP:
       
  1446  .sp
       
  1447  .nf
       
  1448 -.ft C
       
  1449 -hg log \-r "1.3::1.5 and keyword(bug) and file(\(aqhgext/*\(aq)"
       
  1450 -.ft P
       
  1451 +.ft
       
  1452 +hg log \-r "1.3::1.5 and keyword(bug) and file('hgext/*')"
       
  1453 +.ft
       
  1454  .fi
       
  1455  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1456  .
       
  1457 @@ -3527,9 +3501,9 @@
       
  1458  Changesets in committed May 2008, sorted by user:
       
  1459  .sp
       
  1460  .nf
       
  1461 -.ft C
       
  1462 -hg log \-r "sort(date(\(aqMay 2008\(aq), user)"
       
  1463 -.ft P
       
  1464 +.ft
       
  1465 +hg log \-r "sort(date('May 2008'), user)"
       
  1466 +.ft
       
  1467  .fi
       
  1468  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1469  .
       
  1470 @@ -3537,14 +3511,14 @@
       
  1471  release:
       
  1472  .sp
       
  1473  .nf
       
  1474 -.ft C
       
  1475 +.ft
       
  1476  hg log \-r "(keyword(bug) or keyword(issue)) and not ancestors(tagged())"
       
  1477 -.ft P
       
  1478 +.ft
       
  1479  .fi
       
  1480  .UNINDENT
  1994  .UNINDENT
  1481  .SH DIFF FORMATS
  1995  .SH DIFF FORMATS
  1482  .sp
  1996  .sp
  1483 -Mercurial\(aqs default format for showing changes between two versions of
  1997 -Mercurial\(aqs default format for showing changes between two versions of
  1484 +Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two versions of
  1998 +Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two versions of
  1485  a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU diff, which can be
  1999  a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU diff, which can be
  1486  used by GNU patch and many other standard tools.
  2000  used by GNU patch and many other standard tools.
  1487  .sp
  2001  .sp
  1488 @@ -3571,15 +3545,15 @@
  2002 @@ -3894,15 +3877,15 @@
  1489  format.
  2003  format.
  1490  .sp
  2004  .sp
  1491  This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository
  2005  This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository
  1492 -(e.g. with \%\fBhg export\fP\:), you should be careful about things like file
  2006 -(e.g. with \%\fBhg export\fP\:), you should be careful about things like file
  1493 +(e.g. with \fBhg export\fP), you should be careful about things like file
  2007 +(e.g. with \fBhg export\fP), you should be careful about things like file
  1501  To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the \-\-git
  2015  To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the \-\-git
  1502 -option available for many commands, or set \(aqgit = True\(aq in the [diff]
  2016 -option available for many commands, or set \(aqgit = True\(aq in the [diff]
  1503 +option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in the [diff]
  2017 +option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in the [diff]
  1504  section of your configuration file. You do not need to set this option
  2018  section of your configuration file. You do not need to set this option
  1505  when importing diffs in this format or using them in the mq extension.
  2019  when importing diffs in this format or using them in the mq extension.
  1506  .SH MERGE TOOLS
  2020  .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
  1507 @@ -3591,8 +3565,8 @@
  2021 @@ -3910,10 +3893,10 @@
  1508  ancestor of the two file versions, so they can determine the changes
  2022  .TP
  1509  made on both branches.
  2023  .B HG
  1510  .sp
  2024  .
  1511 -Merge tools are used both for \%\fBhg resolve\fP\:, \%\fBhg merge\fP\:, \%\fBhg update\fP\:,
  2025 -Path to the \(aqhg\(aq executable, automatically passed when running
  1512 -\%\fBhg backout\fP\: and in several extensions.
  2026 +Path to the 'hg' executable, automatically passed when running
  1513 +Merge tools are used both for \fBhg resolve\fP, \fBhg merge\fP, \fBhg update\fP,
  2027  hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is
  1514 +\fBhg backout\fP and in several extensions.
  2028 -the hg executable\(aqs name if it\(aqs frozen, or an executable named
  1515  .sp
  2029 -\(aqhg\(aq (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on
  1516  Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically reconcile the files by
  2030 +the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named
  1517  combining all non\-overlapping changes that occurred separately in
  2031 +'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on
  1518 @@ -3700,7 +3674,7 @@
  2032  Windows) is searched.
  1519  .IP Note
  2033  .TP
  1520  .
  2034  .B HGEDITOR
  1521  After selecting a merge program, Mercurial will by default attempt
  2035 @@ -3931,9 +3914,9 @@
  1522 -to merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it doesn\(aqt
  2036  .TP
  1523 +to merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it doesn't
  2037  .B HGENCODINGMODE
  1524  succeed because of conflicting changes Mercurial will actually execute the
  2038  .
  1525  merge program. Whether to use the simple merge algorithm first can be
  2039 -This sets Mercurial\(aqs behavior for handling unknown characters
  1526  controlled by the premerge setting of the merge tool. Premerge is enabled by
  2040 +This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters
  1527 @@ -3725,9 +3699,9 @@
  2041  while transcoding user input. The default is "strict", which
  1528  Usage:
  2042 -causes Mercurial to abort if it can\(aqt map a character. Other
  1529  .sp
  2043 +causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other
  1530  .nf
  2044  settings include "replace", which replaces unknown characters, and
  1531 -.ft C
  2045  "ignore", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with
  1532 +.ft
  2046  the \-\-encodingmode command\-line option.
  1533  $ hg log \-r1 \-\-style changelog
  2047 @@ -3940,7 +3923,7 @@
  1534 -.ft P
  2048  .TP
  1535 +.ft
  2049  .B HGENCODINGAMBIGUOUS
  1536  .fi
  2050  .
  1537  .sp
  2051 -This sets Mercurial\(aqs behavior for handling characters with
  1538  A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable
  2052 +This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling characters with
  1539 @@ -3734,10 +3708,10 @@
  2053  "ambiguous" widths like accented Latin characters with East Asian
  1540  expansion:
  2054  fonts. By default, Mercurial assumes ambiguous characters are
  1541  .sp
  2055  narrow, set this variable to "wide" if such characters cause
  1542  .nf
  2056 @@ -3965,7 +3948,7 @@
  1543 -.ft C
  2057  .INDENT 7.0
  1544 +.ft
  2058  .IP \(bu 2
  1545  $ hg log \-r1 \-\-template "{node}\en"
  2059  .
  1546  b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746
  2060 -if it\(aqs a directory, all files ending with .rc are added
  1547 -.ft P
  2061 +if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added
  1548 +.ft
  2062  .IP \(bu 2
  1549  .fi
  2063  .
  1550  .sp
  2064  otherwise, the file itself will be added
  1551  Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of
  2065 @@ -3974,7 +3957,7 @@
  1552 @@ -3834,15 +3808,15 @@
  2066  .B HGPLAIN
  1553  The "date" keyword does not produce human\-readable output. If you
  2067  .
  1554  want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process
  2068  When set, this disables any configuration settings that might
  1555  it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input
  2069 -change Mercurial\(aqs default output. This includes encoding,
  1556 -variable. Be sure to use the stringify filter first when you\(aqre
  2070 +change Mercurial's default output. This includes encoding,
  1557 +variable. Be sure to use the stringify filter first when you're
  2071  defaults, verbose mode, debug mode, quiet mode, tracebacks, and
  1558  applying a string\-input filter to a list\-like input variable.
  2072  localization. This can be useful when scripting against Mercurial
  1559  You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired output:
  2073  in the face of existing user configuration.
  1560  .sp
  2074 @@ -4034,7 +4017,7 @@
  1561  .nf
  2075  editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment
  1562 -.ft C
  2076  variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first
  1563 +.ft
  2077  non\-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor
  1564  $ hg tip \-\-template "{date|isodate}\en"
  2078 -defaults to \(aqvi\(aq.
  1565  2008\-08\-21 18:22 +0000
  2079 +defaults to 'vi'.
  1566 -.ft P
  2080  .TP
  1567 +.ft
  2081  .B PYTHONPATH
  1568  .fi
  2082  .
  1569  .sp
  2083 @@ -4061,19 +4044,19 @@
  1570  List of filters:
       
  1571 @@ -3911,7 +3885,7 @@
       
  1572  .TP
       
  1573  .B nonempty
       
  1574  .
       
  1575 -Any text. Returns \(aq(none)\(aq if the string is empty.
       
  1576 +Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty.
       
  1577  .TP
       
  1578  .B hgdate
       
  1579  .
       
  1580 @@ -3989,24 +3963,24 @@
       
  1581  Valid URLs are of the form:
       
  1582  .sp
       
  1583  .nf
       
  1584 -.ft C
       
  1585 +.ft
       
  1586  local/filesystem/path[#revision]
       
  1587  file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]
       
  1588  http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]
       
  1589  https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]
       
  1590  ssh://[user@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]
       
  1591 -.ft P
       
  1592 +.ft
       
  1593  .fi
       
  1594  .sp
       
  1595  Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial
       
  1596 -repositories or to bundle files (as created by \%\fBhg bundle\fP\: or :hg:\(ga
       
  1597 -incoming \-\-bundle\(ga). See also \%\fBhg help paths\fP\:.
       
  1598 +repositories or to bundle files (as created by \fBhg bundle\fP or :hg:\(ga
       
  1599 +incoming \-\-bundle\(ga). See also \fBhg help paths\fP.
       
  1600  .sp
       
  1601  An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag, or
       
  1602 -changeset to use from the remote repository. See also \%\fBhg help
       
  1603 -revisions\fP\:.
       
  1604 +changeset to use from the remote repository. See also \fBhg help
       
  1605 +revisions\fP.
       
  1606  .sp
       
  1607 -Some features, such as pushing to \%http://\: and \%https://\: URLs are only
       
  1608 +Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are only
       
  1609  possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote Mercurial
       
  1610  server.
       
  1611  .sp
       
  1612 @@ -4021,26 +3995,26 @@
       
  1613  and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as remotecmd.
       
  1614  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1615  .
       
  1616 -path is relative to the remote user\(aqs home directory by default. Use
       
  1617 +path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default. Use
       
  1618  an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path:
       
  1619  .sp
       
  1620  .nf
       
  1621 -.ft C
       
  1622 +.ft
       
  1623  ssh://example.com//tmp/repository
       
  1624 -.ft P
       
  1625 +.ft
       
  1626  .fi
       
  1627  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1628  .
       
  1629 -Mercurial doesn\(aqt use its own compression via SSH; the right thing
       
  1630 +Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right thing
       
  1631  to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.:
       
  1632  .sp
       
  1633  .nf
       
  1634 -.ft C
       
  1635 +.ft
       
  1636  Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com
       
  1637    Compression no
       
  1638  Host *
       
  1639    Compression yes
       
  1640 -.ft P
       
  1641 +.ft
       
  1642  .fi
       
  1643  .sp
       
  1644  Alternatively specify "ssh \-C" as your ssh command in your
       
  1645 @@ -4051,16 +4025,16 @@
       
  1646  aliases under the [paths] section like so:
       
  1647  .sp
       
  1648  .nf
       
  1649 -.ft C
       
  1650 +.ft
       
  1651  [paths]
       
  1652  alias1 = URL1
       
  1653  alias2 = URL2
       
  1654  \&...
       
  1655 -.ft P
       
  1656 +.ft
       
  1657  .fi
       
  1658  .sp
       
  1659  You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for
       
  1660 -example \%\fBhg pull alias1\fP\: will be treated as \%\fBhg pull URL1\fP\:).
       
  1661 +example \fBhg pull alias1\fP will be treated as \fBhg pull URL1\fP).
       
  1662  .sp
       
  1663  Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults when
       
  1664  you do not provide the URL to a command:
       
  1665 @@ -4069,14 +4043,14 @@
       
  1666  .B default:
       
  1667  .
       
  1668  When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command saves
       
  1669 -the location of the source repository as the new repository\(aqs
       
  1670 -\(aqdefault\(aq path. This is then used when you omit path from push\- and
       
  1671 +the location of the source repository as the new repository's
       
  1672 +\'default' path. This is then used when you omit path from push\- and
       
  1673  pull\-like commands (including incoming and outgoing).
       
  1674  .TP
       
  1675  .B default\-push:
       
  1676  .
       
  1677 -The push command will look for a path named \(aqdefault\-push\(aq, and
       
  1678 -prefer it over \(aqdefault\(aq if both are defined.
       
  1679 +The push command will look for a path named 'default\-push', and
       
  1680 +prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.
       
  1681  .UNINDENT
       
  1682  .SH USING ADDITIONAL FEATURES
       
  1683  .sp
       
  1684 @@ -4098,19 +4072,19 @@
       
  1685  like this:
  2084  like this:
  1686  .sp
  2085  .sp
  1687  .nf
  2086  .nf
  1688 -.ft C
  2087 -.ft C
  1689 +.ft
  2088 +.ft
  1703 -.ft P
  2102 -.ft P
  1704 +.ft
  2103 +.ft
  1705  .fi
  2104  .fi
  1706  .sp
  2105  .sp
  1707  To explicitly disable an extension enabled in a configuration file of
  2106  To explicitly disable an extension enabled in a configuration file of
  1708 @@ -4117,13 +4091,13 @@
  2107 @@ -4080,13 +4063,13 @@
  1709  broader scope, prepend its path with !:
  2108  broader scope, prepend its path with !:
  1710  .sp
  2109  .sp
  1711  .nf
  2110  .nf
  1712 -.ft C
  2111 -.ft C
  1713 +.ft
  2112 +.ft
  1719 -.ft P
  2118 -.ft P
  1720 +.ft
  2119 +.ft
  1721  .fi
  2120  .fi
  1722  .sp
  2121  .sp
  1723  disabled extensions:
  2122  disabled extensions:
  1724 @@ -4189,7 +4163,7 @@
  2123 @@ -4156,7 +4139,7 @@
  1725  .TP
  2124  .TP
  1726  .B inotify
  2125  .B inotify
  1727  .
  2126  .
  1728 -accelerate status report using Linux\(aqs inotify service
  2127 -accelerate status report using Linux\(aqs inotify service
  1729 +accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service
  2128 +accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service
  1730  .TP
  2129  .TP
  1731  .B interhg
  2130  .B interhg
  1732  .
  2131  .
  1733 @@ -4287,7 +4261,7 @@
  2132 @@ -4238,7 +4221,7 @@
  1734  .INDENT 3.0
  2133  files.
  1735  .INDENT 3.5
  2134  .sp
  1736  .sp
  2135  Like other file patterns, this pattern type is indicated by a prefix,
  1737 -path/to/nested = \%https://example.com/nested/repo/path\:
  2136 -\(aqset:\(aq. The language supports a number of predicates which are joined
  1738 +path/to/nested = https://example.com/nested/repo/path
  2137 +'set:'. The language supports a number of predicates which are joined
       
  2138  by infix operators. Parenthesis can be used for grouping.
       
  2139  .sp
       
  2140  Identifiers such as filenames or patterns must be quoted with single
       
  2141 @@ -4249,7 +4232,7 @@
       
  2142  .sp
       
  2143  Special characters can be used in quoted identifiers by escaping them,
       
  2144  e.g., \fB\en\fP is interpreted as a newline. To prevent them from being
       
  2145 -interpreted, strings can be prefixed with \fBr\fP, e.g. \fBr\(aq...\(aq\fP.
       
  2146 +interpreted, strings can be prefixed with \fBr\fP, e.g. \fBr'...'\fP.
       
  2147  .sp
       
  2148  There is a single prefix operator:
       
  2149  .INDENT 0.0
       
  2150 @@ -4377,9 +4360,9 @@
       
  2151  Show status of files that appear to be binary in the working directory:
       
  2152  .sp
       
  2153  .nf
       
  2154 -.ft C
       
  2155 +.ft
       
  2156  hg status \-A "set:binary()"
       
  2157 -.ft P
       
  2158 +.ft
       
  2159  .fi
       
  2160  .IP \(bu 2
       
  2161  .
       
  2162 @@ -4386,9 +4369,9 @@
       
  2163  Forget files that are in .hgignore but are already tracked:
       
  2164  .sp
       
  2165  .nf
       
  2166 -.ft C
       
  2167 +.ft
       
  2168  hg forget "set:hgignore() and not ignored()"
       
  2169 -.ft P
       
  2170 +.ft
       
  2171  .fi
       
  2172  .IP \(bu 2
       
  2173  .
       
  2174 @@ -4395,9 +4378,9 @@
       
  2175  Find text files that contain a string:
       
  2176  .sp
       
  2177  .nf
       
  2178 -.ft C
       
  2179 +.ft
       
  2180  hg locate "set:grep(magic) and not binary()"
       
  2181 -.ft P
       
  2182 +.ft
       
  2183  .fi
       
  2184  .IP \(bu 2
       
  2185  .
       
  2186 @@ -4404,9 +4387,9 @@
       
  2187  Find C files in a non\-standard encoding:
       
  2188  .sp
       
  2189  .nf
       
  2190 -.ft C
       
  2191 -hg locate "set:**.c and not encoding(\(aqUTF\-8\(aq)"
       
  2192 -.ft P
       
  2193 +.ft
       
  2194 +hg locate "set:**.c and not encoding('UTF\-8')"
       
  2195 +.ft
       
  2196  .fi
       
  2197  .IP \(bu 2
       
  2198  .
       
  2199 @@ -4413,9 +4396,9 @@
       
  2200  Revert copies of large binary files:
       
  2201  .sp
       
  2202  .nf
       
  2203 -.ft C
       
  2204 -hg revert "set:copied() and binary() and size(\(aq>1M\(aq)"
       
  2205 -.ft P
       
  2206 +.ft
       
  2207 +hg revert "set:copied() and binary() and size('>1M')"
       
  2208 +.ft
       
  2209  .fi
       
  2210  .IP \(bu 2
       
  2211  .
       
  2212 @@ -4422,13 +4405,13 @@
       
  2213  Remove files listed in foo.lst that contain the letter a or b:
       
  2214  .sp
       
  2215  .nf
       
  2216 -.ft C
       
  2217 -hg remove "set: \(aqlistfile:foo.lst\(aq and (**a* or **b*)"
       
  2218 -.ft P
       
  2219 +.ft
       
  2220 +hg remove "set: 'listfile:foo.lst' and (**a* or **b*)"
       
  2221 +.ft
       
  2222  .fi
  1739  .UNINDENT
  2223  .UNINDENT
  1740  .UNINDENT
  2224  .sp
  1741  .sp
  2225 -See also \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\:.
  1742 @@ -4362,7 +4336,7 @@
  2226 +See also \fBhg help patterns\fP.
  1743  their state and finally committing it in the parent
  2227  .SH GLOSSARY
  1744  repository. Mercurial can be made to abort if any subrepository
       
  1745  content is modified by setting "ui.commitsubrepos=no" in a
       
  1746 -configuration file (see \%\fBhg help config\fP\:).
       
  1747 +configuration file (see \fBhg help config\fP).
       
  1748  .TP
       
  1749  .B diff
       
  1750  .
       
  1751 @@ -4386,7 +4360,7 @@
       
  1752  .B pull
       
  1753  .
       
  1754  pull is not recursive since it is not clear what to pull prior
       
  1755 -to running \%\fBhg update\fP\:. Listing and retrieving all
       
  1756 +to running \fBhg update\fP. Listing and retrieving all
       
  1757  subrepositories changes referenced by the parent repository pulled
       
  1758  changesets is expensive at best, impossible in the Subversion
       
  1759  case.
       
  1760 @@ -4423,7 +4397,7 @@
       
  1761  hgrc(5) for more details.
       
  1762  .SH CONFIGURING HGWEB
       
  1763  .sp
       
  1764 -Mercurial\(aqs internal web server, hgweb, can serve either a single
       
  1765 +Mercurial's internal web server, hgweb, can serve either a single
       
  1766  repository, or a collection of them. In the latter case, a special
       
  1767  configuration file can be used to specify the repository paths to use
       
  1768  and global web configuration options.
       
  1769 @@ -4447,7 +4421,7 @@
       
  1770  .UNINDENT
       
  1771  .sp
       
  1772  The \fBweb\fP section can specify all the settings described in the web
       
  1773 -section of the hgrc(5) documentation. See \%\fBhg help config\fP\: for
       
  1774 +section of the hgrc(5) documentation. See \fBhg help config\fP\: for
       
  1775  information on where to find the manual page.
       
  1776  .sp
       
  1777  The \fBpaths\fP section provides mappings of physical repository
       
  1778 @@ -4454,7 +4428,7 @@
       
  1779  paths to virtual ones. For instance:
       
  1780  .sp
       
  1781  .nf
       
  1782 -.ft C
       
  1783 +.ft
       
  1784  [paths]
       
  1785  projects/a = /foo/bar
       
  1786  projects/b = /baz/quux
       
  1787 @@ -4461,7 +4435,7 @@
       
  1788  web/root = /real/root/*
       
  1789  / = /real/root2/*
       
  1790  virtual/root2 = /real/root2/**
       
  1791 -.ft P
       
  1792 +.ft
       
  1793  .fi
       
  1794  .INDENT 0.0
  2228  .INDENT 0.0
  1795  .IP \(bu 2
  2229  .TP
  1796 @@ -4470,14 +4444,14 @@
  2230 @@ -4438,7 +4421,7 @@
  1797  appear under the same directory in the web interface
       
  1798  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1799  .
       
  1800 -The third entry maps every Mercurial repository found in \(aq/real/root\(aq
       
  1801 -into \(aqweb/root\(aq. This format is preferred over the [collections] one,
       
  1802 +The third entry maps every Mercurial repository found in '/real/root'
       
  1803 +into 'web/root'. This format is preferred over the [collections] one,
       
  1804  since using absolute paths as configuration keys is not supported on every
       
  1805  platform (especially on Windows).
       
  1806  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1807  .
       
  1808  The fourth entry is a special case mapping all repositories in
       
  1809 -\(aq/real/root2\(aq in the root of the virtual directory.
       
  1810 +\'/real/root2' in the root of the virtual directory.
       
  1811  .IP \(bu 2
       
  1812  .
       
  1813  The fifth entry recursively finds all repositories under the real
       
  1814 @@ -4489,10 +4463,10 @@
       
  1815  preferred. For instance:
       
  1816  .sp
       
  1817  .nf
       
  1818 -.ft C
       
  1819 +.ft
       
  1820  [collections]
       
  1821  /foo = /foo
       
  1822 -.ft P
       
  1823 +.ft
       
  1824  .fi
       
  1825  .sp
       
  1826  Here, the left side will be stripped off all repositories found in the
       
  1827 @@ -4507,15 +4481,15 @@
       
  1828  changesets from a given changeset. More precisely, the ancestors
  2231  changesets from a given changeset. More precisely, the ancestors
  1829  of a changeset can be defined by two properties: a parent of a
  2232  of a changeset can be defined by two properties: a parent of a
  1830  changeset is an ancestor, and a parent of an ancestor is an
  2233  changeset is an ancestor, and a parent of an ancestor is an
  1831 -ancestor. See also: \(aqDescendant\(aq.
  2234 -ancestor. See also: \(aqDescendant\(aq.
  1832 +ancestor. See also: 'Descendant'.
  2235 +ancestor. See also: 'Descendant'.
  1833  .TP
  2236  .TP
  1834  .B Branch
  2237  .B Bookmark
       
  2238  .
       
  2239 @@ -4445,7 +4428,7 @@
       
  2240  Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when
       
  2241  committing. They are similar to tags in that it is possible to use
       
  2242  bookmark names in all places where Mercurial expects a changeset
       
  2243 -ID, e.g., with \%\fBhg update\fP\:. Unlike tags, bookmarks move along
       
  2244 +ID, e.g., with \fBhg update\fP. Unlike tags, bookmarks move along
       
  2245  when you make a commit.
       
  2246  .sp
       
  2247  Bookmarks can be renamed, copied and deleted. Bookmarks are local,
       
  2248 @@ -4457,9 +4440,9 @@
  1835  .
  2249  .
  1836  (Noun) A child changeset that has been created from a parent that
  2250  (Noun) A child changeset that has been created from a parent that
  1837  is not a head. These are known as topological branches, see
  2251  is not a head. These are known as topological branches, see
  1838 -\(aqBranch, topological\(aq. If a topological branch is named, it becomes
  2252 -\(aqBranch, topological\(aq. If a topological branch is named, it becomes
  1839 +\'Branch, topological'. If a topological branch is named, it becomes
  2253 +'Branch, topological'. If a topological branch is named, it becomes
  1840  a named branch. If a topological branch is not named, it becomes
  2254  a named branch. If a topological branch is not named, it becomes
  1841 -an anonymous branch. See \(aqBranch, anonymous\(aq and \(aqBranch, named\(aq.
  2255 -an anonymous branch. See \(aqBranch, anonymous\(aq and \(aqBranch, named\(aq.
  1842 +an anonymous branch. See 'Branch, anonymous' and 'Branch, named'.
  2256 +an anonymous branch. See 'Branch, anonymous' and 'Branch, named'.
  1843  .sp
  2257  .sp
  1844  Branches may be created when changes are pulled from or pushed to
  2258  Branches may be created when changes are pulled from or pushed to
  1845  a remote repository, since new heads may be created by these
  2259  a remote repository, since new heads may be created by these
  1846 @@ -4530,7 +4504,7 @@
  2260 @@ -4474,7 +4457,7 @@
  1847  (Verb) The action of creating a child changeset which results in
  2261  (Verb) The action of creating a child changeset which results in
  1848  its parent having more than one child.
  2262  its parent having more than one child.
  1849  .sp
  2263  .sp
  1850 -Example: "I\(aqm going to branch at X".
  2264 -Example: "I\(aqm going to branch at X".
  1851 +Example: "I'm going to branch at X".
  2265 +Example: "I'm going to branch at X".
  1852  .TP
  2266  .TP
  1853  .B Branch, anonymous
  2267  .B Branch, anonymous
  1854  .
  2268  .
  1855 @@ -4549,19 +4523,19 @@
  2269 @@ -4493,19 +4476,19 @@
  1856  .TP
  2270  .TP
  1857  .B Branch head
  2271  .B Branch head
  1858  .
  2272  .
  1859 -See \(aqHead, branch\(aq.
  2273 -See \(aqHead, branch\(aq.
  1860 +See 'Head, branch'.
  2274 +See 'Head, branch'.
  1875 +Branches should now be explicitly closed using \fBhg commit
  2289 +Branches should now be explicitly closed using \fBhg commit
  1876 +\-\-close\-branch\fP when they are no longer needed.
  2290 +\-\-close\-branch\fP when they are no longer needed.
  1877  .TP
  2291  .TP
  1878  .B Branch, named
  2292  .B Branch, named
  1879  .
  2293  .
  1880 @@ -4568,8 +4542,8 @@
  2294 @@ -4512,8 +4495,8 @@
  1881  A collection of changesets which have the same branch name. By
  2295  A collection of changesets which have the same branch name. By
  1882  default, children of a changeset in a named branch belong to the
  2296  default, children of a changeset in a named branch belong to the
  1883  same named branch. A child can be explicitly assigned to a
  2297  same named branch. A child can be explicitly assigned to a
  1884 -different branch. See \%\fBhg help branch\fP\:, \%\fBhg help branches\fP\: and
  2298 -different branch. See \%\fBhg help branch\fP\:, \%\fBhg help branches\fP\: and
  1885 -\%\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP\: for more information on managing
  2299 -\%\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP\: for more information on managing
  1886 +different branch. See \fBhg help branch\fP, \fBhg help branches\fP and
  2300 +different branch. See \fBhg help branch\fP, \fBhg help branches\fP and
  1887 +\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP for more information on managing
  2301 +\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP for more information on managing
  1888  branches.
  2302  branches.
  1889  .sp
  2303  .sp
  1890  Named branches can be thought of as a kind of namespace, dividing
  2304  Named branches can be thought of as a kind of namespace, dividing
  1891 @@ -4582,7 +4556,7 @@
  2305 @@ -4526,7 +4509,7 @@
  1892  .TP
  2306  .TP
  1893  .B Branch tip
  2307  .B Branch tip
  1894  .
  2308  .
  1895 -See \(aqTip, branch\(aq.
  2309 -See \(aqTip, branch\(aq.
  1896 +See 'Tip, branch'.
  2310 +See 'Tip, branch'.
  1897  .TP
  2311  .TP
  1898  .B Branch, topological
  2312  .B Branch, topological
  1899  .
  2313  .
  1900 @@ -4632,24 +4606,24 @@
  2314 @@ -4576,24 +4559,24 @@
  1901  revision. This use should probably be avoided where possible, as
  2315  revision. This use should probably be avoided where possible, as
  1902  changeset is much more appropriate than checkout in this context.
  2316  changeset is much more appropriate than checkout in this context.
  1903  .sp
  2317  .sp
  1904 -Example: "I\(aqm using checkout X."
  2318 -Example: "I\(aqm using checkout X."
  1905 +Example: "I'm using checkout X."
  2319 +Example: "I'm using checkout X."
  1916 -See \(aqChangeset, child\(aq.
  2330 -See \(aqChangeset, child\(aq.
  1917 +See 'Changeset, child'.
  2331 +See 'Changeset, child'.
  1918  .TP
  2332  .TP
  1919  .B Close changeset
  2333  .B Close changeset
  1920  .
  2334  .
  1921 -See \(aqChangeset, close\(aq.
  2335 -See \(aqHead, closed branch\(aq
  1922 +See 'Changeset, close'.
  2336 +See 'Head, closed branch'
  1923  .TP
  2337  .TP
  1924  .B Closed branch
  2338  .B Closed branch
  1925  .
  2339  .
  1926 -See \(aqBranch, closed\(aq.
  2340 -See \(aqBranch, closed\(aq.
  1927 +See 'Branch, closed'.
  2341 +See 'Branch, closed'.
  1928  .TP
  2342  .TP
  1929  .B Clone
  2343  .B Clone
  1930  .
  2344  .
  1931 @@ -4658,13 +4632,13 @@
  2345 @@ -4602,13 +4585,13 @@
  1932  .sp
  2346  .sp
  1933  Example: "Is your clone up to date?".
  2347  Example: "Is your clone up to date?".
  1934  .sp
  2348  .sp
  1935 -(Verb) The process of creating a clone, using \%\fBhg clone\fP\:.
  2349 -(Verb) The process of creating a clone, using \%\fBhg clone\fP\:.
  1936 +(Verb) The process of creating a clone, using \fBhg clone\fP.
  2350 +(Verb) The process of creating a clone, using \fBhg clone\fP.
  1943 -See \(aqHead, closed branch\(aq.
  2357 -See \(aqHead, closed branch\(aq.
  1944 +See 'Head, closed branch'.
  2358 +See 'Head, closed branch'.
  1945  .TP
  2359  .TP
  1946  .B Commit
  2360  .B Commit
  1947  .
  2361  .
  1948 @@ -4689,13 +4663,13 @@
  2362 @@ -4633,13 +4616,13 @@
  1949  system (DVCS) can be described as a directed acyclic graph (DAG),
  2363  system (DVCS) can be described as a directed acyclic graph (DAG),
  1950  consisting of nodes and edges, where nodes correspond to
  2364  consisting of nodes and edges, where nodes correspond to
  1951  changesets and edges imply a parent \-> child relation. This graph
  2365  changesets and edges imply a parent \-> child relation. This graph
  1952 -can be visualized by graphical tools such as \%\fBhg glog\fP\:
  2366 -can be visualized by graphical tools such as \%\fBhg glog\fP\:
  1953 +can be visualized by graphical tools such as \fBhg glog\fP
  2367 +can be visualized by graphical tools such as \fBhg glog\fP
  1959 -See \(aqBranch, default\(aq.
  2373 -See \(aqBranch, default\(aq.
  1960 +See 'Branch, default'.
  2374 +See 'Branch, default'.
  1961  .TP
  2375  .TP
  1962  .B Descendant
  2376  .B Descendant
  1963  .
  2377  .
  1964 @@ -4703,7 +4677,7 @@
  2378 @@ -4647,7 +4630,7 @@
  1965  from a given changeset. More precisely, the descendants of a
  2379  from a given changeset. More precisely, the descendants of a
  1966  changeset can be defined by two properties: the child of a
  2380  changeset can be defined by two properties: the child of a
  1967  changeset is a descendant, and the child of a descendant is a
  2381  changeset is a descendant, and the child of a descendant is a
  1968 -descendant. See also: \(aqAncestor\(aq.
  2382 -descendant. See also: \(aqAncestor\(aq.
  1969 +descendant. See also: 'Ancestor'.
  2383 +descendant. See also: 'Ancestor'.
  1970  .TP
  2384  .TP
  1971  .B Diff
  2385  .B Diff
  1972  .
  2386  .
  1973 @@ -4728,19 +4702,19 @@
  2387 @@ -4672,7 +4655,7 @@
  1974  Mercurial, that will be recorded in the next commit. The working
  2388  Mercurial, that will be recorded in the next commit. The working
  1975  directory initially corresponds to the snapshot at an existing
  2389  directory initially corresponds to the snapshot at an existing
  1976  changeset, known as the parent of the working directory. See
  2390  changeset, known as the parent of the working directory. See
  1977 -\(aqParent, working directory\(aq. The state may be modified by changes
  2391 -\(aqParent, working directory\(aq. The state may be modified by changes
  1978 +\'Parent, working directory'. The state may be modified by changes
  2392 +'Parent, working directory'. The state may be modified by changes
  1979  to the files introduced manually or by a merge. The repository
  2393  to the files introduced manually or by a merge. The repository
  1980  metadata exists in the .hg directory inside the working directory.
  2394  metadata exists in the .hg directory inside the working directory.
       
  2395  .TP
       
  2396 @@ -4680,17 +4663,17 @@
       
  2397  .
       
  2398  Changesets in the draft phase have not been shared with publishing
       
  2399  repositories and may thus be safely changed by history\-modifying
       
  2400 -extensions. See \%\fBhg help phases\fP\:.
       
  2401 +extensions. See \fBhg help phases\fP.
  1981  .TP
  2402  .TP
  1982  .B Graph
  2403  .B Graph
  1983  .
  2404  .
  1984 -See DAG and \%\fBhg help graphlog\fP\:.
  2405 -See DAG and \%\fBhg help graphlog\fP\:.
  1985 +See DAG and \fBhg help graphlog\fP.
  2406 +See DAG and \fBhg help graphlog\fP.
  1989 -The term \(aqhead\(aq may be used to refer to both a branch head or a
  2410 -The term \(aqhead\(aq may be used to refer to both a branch head or a
  1990 -repository head, depending on the context. See \(aqHead, branch\(aq and
  2411 -repository head, depending on the context. See \(aqHead, branch\(aq and
  1991 -\(aqHead, repository\(aq for specific definitions.
  2412 -\(aqHead, repository\(aq for specific definitions.
  1992 +The term 'head' may be used to refer to both a branch head or a
  2413 +The term 'head' may be used to refer to both a branch head or a
  1993 +repository head, depending on the context. See 'Head, branch' and
  2414 +repository head, depending on the context. See 'Head, branch' and
  1994 +\'Head, repository' for specific definitions.
  2415 +'Head, repository' for specific definitions.
  1995  .sp
  2416  .sp
  1996  Heads are where development generally takes place and are the
  2417  Heads are where development generally takes place and are the
  1997  usual targets for update and merge operations.
  2418  usual targets for update and merge operations.
  1998 @@ -4752,9 +4726,9 @@
  2419 @@ -4702,9 +4685,9 @@
  1999  .B Head, closed branch
  2420  .B Head, closed branch
  2000  .
  2421  .
  2001  A changeset that marks a head as no longer interesting. The closed
  2422  A changeset that marks a head as no longer interesting. The closed
  2002 -head is no longer listed by \%\fBhg heads\fP\:. A branch is considered
  2423 -head is no longer listed by \%\fBhg heads\fP\:. A branch is considered
  2003 +head is no longer listed by \fBhg heads\fP. A branch is considered
  2424 +head is no longer listed by \fBhg heads\fP. A branch is considered
  2004  closed when all its heads are closed and consequently is not
  2425  closed when all its heads are closed and consequently is not
  2005 -listed by \%\fBhg branches\fP\:.
  2426 -listed by \%\fBhg branches\fP\:.
  2006 +listed by \fBhg branches\fP.
  2427 +listed by \fBhg branches\fP.
  2007  .TP
  2428  .sp
  2008  .B Head, repository
  2429  Closed heads can be re\-opened by committing new changeset as the
  2009  .
  2430  child of the changeset that marks a head as closed.
  2010 @@ -4780,11 +4754,11 @@
  2431 @@ -4733,11 +4716,11 @@
  2011  .TP
  2432  .TP
  2012  .B Immutable history
  2433  .B Immutable history
  2013  .
  2434  .
  2014 -See \(aqHistory, immutable\(aq.
  2435 -See \(aqHistory, immutable\(aq.
  2015 +See 'History, immutable'.
  2436 +See 'History, immutable'.
  2019 -See \(aqChangeset, merge\(aq.
  2440 -See \(aqChangeset, merge\(aq.
  2020 +See 'Changeset, merge'.
  2441 +See 'Changeset, merge'.
  2021  .TP
  2442  .TP
  2022  .B Manifest
  2443  .B Manifest
  2023  .
  2444  .
  2024 @@ -4801,7 +4775,7 @@
  2445 @@ -4754,7 +4737,7 @@
  2025  .TP
  2446  .TP
  2026  .B Named branch
  2447  .B Named branch
  2027  .
  2448  .
  2028 -See \(aqBranch, named\(aq.
  2449 -See \(aqBranch, named\(aq.
  2029 +See 'Branch, named'.
  2450 +See 'Branch, named'.
  2030  .TP
  2451  .TP
  2031  .B Null changeset
  2452  .B Null changeset
  2032  .
  2453  .
  2033 @@ -4808,30 +4782,30 @@
  2454 @@ -4761,30 +4744,30 @@
  2034  The empty changeset. It is the parent state of newly\-initialized
  2455  The empty changeset. It is the parent state of newly\-initialized
  2035  repositories and repositories with no checked out revision. It is
  2456  repositories and repositories with no checked out revision. It is
  2036  thus the parent of root changesets and the effective ancestor when
  2457  thus the parent of root changesets and the effective ancestor when
  2037 -merging unrelated changesets. Can be specified by the alias \(aqnull\(aq
  2458 -merging unrelated changesets. Can be specified by the alias \(aqnull\(aq
  2038 -or by the changeset ID \(aq000000000000\(aq.
  2459 -or by the changeset ID \(aq000000000000\(aq.
  2067 -Example: "I\(aqve sent you my patch."
  2488 -Example: "I\(aqve sent you my patch."
  2068 +Example: "I've sent you my patch."
  2489 +Example: "I've sent you my patch."
  2069  .sp
  2490  .sp
  2070  (Verb) The process of using a patch file to transform one
  2491  (Verb) The process of using a patch file to transform one
  2071  changeset into another.
  2492  changeset into another.
  2072 @@ -4844,7 +4818,7 @@
  2493 @@ -4794,13 +4777,13 @@
       
  2494  .B Phase
       
  2495  .
       
  2496  A per\-changeset state tracking how the changeset has been or
       
  2497 -should be shared. See \%\fBhg help phases\fP\:.
       
  2498 +should be shared. See \fBhg help phases\fP.
       
  2499  .TP
       
  2500  .B Public
       
  2501  .
       
  2502  Changesets in the public phase have been shared with publishing
       
  2503 -repositories and are therefore considered immutable. See \%\fBhg help
       
  2504 -phases\fP\:.
       
  2505 +repositories and are therefore considered immutable. See \fBhg help
       
  2506 +phases\fP.
       
  2507  .TP
       
  2508  .B Pull
       
  2509  .
       
  2510 @@ -4808,7 +4791,7 @@
  2073  not in the local repository are brought into the local
  2511  not in the local repository are brought into the local
  2074  repository. Note that this operation without special arguments
  2512  repository. Note that this operation without special arguments
  2075  only updates the repository, it does not update the files in the
  2513  only updates the repository, it does not update the files in the
  2076 -working directory. See \%\fBhg help pull\fP\:.
  2514 -working directory. See \%\fBhg help pull\fP\:.
  2077 +working directory. See \fBhg help pull\fP.
  2515 +working directory. See \fBhg help pull\fP.
  2078  .TP
  2516  .TP
  2079  .B Push
  2517  .B Push
  2080  .
  2518  .
  2081 @@ -4852,7 +4826,7 @@
  2519 @@ -4816,7 +4799,7 @@
  2082  not in a remote repository are sent to the remote repository. Note
  2520  not in a remote repository are sent to the remote repository. Note
  2083  that this operation only adds changesets which have been committed
  2521  that this operation only adds changesets which have been committed
  2084  locally to the remote repository. Uncommitted changes are not
  2522  locally to the remote repository. Uncommitted changes are not
  2085 -sent. See \%\fBhg help push\fP\:.
  2523 -sent. See \%\fBhg help push\fP\:.
  2086 +sent. See \fBhg help push\fP.
  2524 +sent. See \fBhg help push\fP.
  2087  .TP
  2525  .TP
  2088  .B Repository
  2526  .B Repository
  2089  .
  2527  .
  2090 @@ -4865,13 +4839,13 @@
  2528 @@ -4829,13 +4812,13 @@
  2091  .TP
  2529  .TP
  2092  .B Repository head
  2530  .B Repository head
  2093  .
  2531  .
  2094 -See \(aqHead, repository\(aq.
  2532 -See \(aqHead, repository\(aq.
  2095 +See 'Head, repository'.
  2533 +See 'Head, repository'.
  2102 +can be updated to by using \fBhg update\fP.  See also 'Revision
  2540 +can be updated to by using \fBhg update\fP.  See also 'Revision
  2103 +number'; See also 'Changeset'.
  2541 +number'; See also 'Changeset'.
  2104  .TP
  2542  .TP
  2105  .B Revision number
  2543  .B Revision number
  2106  .
  2544  .
  2107 @@ -4880,7 +4854,7 @@
  2545 @@ -4844,7 +4827,7 @@
  2108  to a repository, starting with revision number 0. Note that the
  2546  to a repository, starting with revision number 0. Note that the
  2109  revision number may be different in each clone of a repository. To
  2547  revision number may be different in each clone of a repository. To
  2110  identify changesets uniquely between different clones, see
  2548  identify changesets uniquely between different clones, see
  2111 -\(aqChangeset id\(aq.
  2549 -\(aqChangeset id\(aq.
  2112 +\'Changeset id'.
  2550 +'Changeset id'.
  2113  .TP
  2551  .TP
  2114  .B Revlog
  2552  .B Revlog
  2115  .
  2553  .
  2116 @@ -4891,7 +4865,7 @@
  2554 @@ -4855,7 +4838,7 @@
  2117  .TP
  2555  .TP
  2118  .B Rewriting history
  2556  .B Rewriting history
  2119  .
  2557  .
  2120 -See \(aqHistory, rewriting\(aq.
  2558 -See \(aqHistory, rewriting\(aq.
  2121 +See 'History, rewriting'.
  2559 +See 'History, rewriting'.
  2122  .TP
  2560  .TP
  2123  .B Root
  2561  .B Root
  2124  .
  2562  .
  2125 @@ -4907,7 +4881,7 @@
  2563 @@ -4865,13 +4848,13 @@
       
  2564  .B Secret
       
  2565  .
       
  2566  Changesets in the secret phase may not be shared via push, pull,
       
  2567 -or clone. See \%\fBhg help phases\fP\:.
       
  2568 +or clone. See \fBhg help phases\fP.
       
  2569  .TP
       
  2570  .B Tag
       
  2571  .
       
  2572  An alternative name given to a changeset. Tags can be used in all
       
  2573  places where Mercurial expects a changeset ID, e.g., with
       
  2574 -\%\fBhg update\fP\:. The creation of a tag is stored in the history and
       
  2575 +\fBhg update\fP. The creation of a tag is stored in the history and
       
  2576  will thus automatically be shared with other using push and pull.
       
  2577  .TP
       
  2578  .B Tip
       
  2579 @@ -4883,7 +4866,7 @@
  2126  .
  2580  .
  2127  The head of a given branch with the highest revision number. When
  2581  The head of a given branch with the highest revision number. When
  2128  a branch name is used as a revision identifier, it refers to the
  2582  a branch name is used as a revision identifier, it refers to the
  2129 -branch tip. See also \(aqBranch, head\(aq. Note that because revision
  2583 -branch tip. See also \(aqBranch, head\(aq. Note that because revision
  2130 +branch tip. See also 'Branch, head'. Note that because revision
  2584 +branch tip. See also 'Branch, head'. Note that because revision
  2131  numbers may be different in different repository clones, the
  2585  numbers may be different in different repository clones, the
  2132  branch tip may be different in different cloned repositories.
  2586  branch tip may be different in different cloned repositories.
  2133  .TP
  2587  .TP
  2134 @@ -4915,21 +4889,21 @@
  2588 @@ -4891,21 +4874,21 @@
  2135  .
  2589  .
  2136  (Noun) Another synonym of changeset.
  2590  (Noun) Another synonym of changeset.
  2137  .sp
  2591  .sp
  2138 -Example: "I\(aqve pushed an update".
  2592 -Example: "I\(aqve pushed an update".
  2139 +Example: "I've pushed an update".
  2593 +Example: "I've pushed an update".
  2153  .B Working directory parent
  2607  .B Working directory parent
  2154  .
  2608  .
  2155 -See \(aqParent, working directory\(aq.
  2609 -See \(aqParent, working directory\(aq.
  2156 +See 'Parent, working directory'.
  2610 +See 'Parent, working directory'.
  2157  .UNINDENT
  2611  .UNINDENT
       
  2612  .SH SYNTAX FOR MERCURIAL IGNORE FILES
       
  2613  .SH SYNOPSIS
       
  2614 @@ -4933,12 +4916,12 @@
       
  2615  .sp
       
  2616  In addition, a Mercurial configuration file can reference a set of
       
  2617  per\-user or global ignore files. See the \fBignore\fP configuration
       
  2618 -key on the \fB[ui]\fP section of \%\fBhg help config\fP\: for details of how to
       
  2619 +key on the \fB[ui]\fP section of \fBhg help config\fP for details of how to
       
  2620  configure these files.
       
  2621  .sp
       
  2622 -To control Mercurial\(aqs handling of files that it manages, many
       
  2623 +To control Mercurial's handling of files that it manages, many
       
  2624  commands support the \fB\-I\fP and \fB\-X\fP options; see
       
  2625 -\%\fBhg help <command>\fP\: and \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\: for details.
       
  2626 +\fBhg help <command>\fP and \fBhg help patterns\fP for details.
       
  2627  .SH SYNTAX
       
  2628  .sp
       
  2629  An ignore file is a plain text file consisting of a list of patterns,
       
  2630 @@ -4952,9 +4935,9 @@
       
  2631  To change the syntax used, use a line of the following form:
       
  2632  .sp
       
  2633  .nf
       
  2634 -.ft C
       
  2635 +.ft
       
  2636  syntax: NAME
       
  2637 -.ft P
       
  2638 +.ft
       
  2639  .fi
       
  2640  .sp
       
  2641  where \fBNAME\fP is one of the following:
       
  2642 @@ -4976,10 +4959,11 @@
       
  2643  the form \fB*.c\fP will match a file ending in \fB.c\fP in any directory,
       
  2644  and a regexp pattern of the form \fB\e.c$\fP will do the same. To root a
       
  2645  regexp pattern, start it with \fB^\fP.
       
  2646 +.RS 0
       
  2647  .IP Note
       
  2648  .
       
  2649  Patterns specified in other than \fB.hgignore\fP are always rooted.
       
  2650 -Please see \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\: for details.
       
  2651 +Please see \fBhg help patterns\fP for details.
       
  2652  .RE
       
  2653  .SH EXAMPLE
       
  2654  .sp
       
  2655 @@ -4986,7 +4970,7 @@
       
  2656  Here is an example ignore file.
       
  2657  .sp
       
  2658  .nf
       
  2659 -.ft C
       
  2660 +.ft
       
  2661  # use glob syntax.
       
  2662  syntax: glob
       
  2663  
       
  2664 @@ -4997,11 +4981,11 @@
       
  2665  # switch to regexp syntax.
       
  2666  syntax: regexp
       
  2667  ^\e.pc/
       
  2668 -.ft P
       
  2669 +.ft
       
  2670  .fi
       
  2671  .SH CONFIGURING HGWEB
       
  2672  .sp
       
  2673 -Mercurial\(aqs internal web server, hgweb, can serve either a single
       
  2674 +Mercurial's internal web server, hgweb, can serve either a single
       
  2675  repository, or a collection of them. In the latter case, a special
       
  2676  configuration file can be used to specify the repository paths to use
       
  2677  and global web configuration options.
       
  2678 @@ -5025,7 +5009,7 @@
       
  2679  .UNINDENT
       
  2680  .sp
       
  2681  The \fBweb\fP section can specify all the settings described in the web
       
  2682 -section of the hgrc(5) documentation. See \%\fBhg help config\fP\: for
       
  2683 +section of the hgrc(5) documentation. See \fBhg help config\fP for
       
  2684  information on where to find the manual page.
       
  2685  .sp
       
  2686  The \fBpaths\fP section provides mappings of physical repository
       
  2687 @@ -5032,7 +5016,7 @@
       
  2688  paths to virtual ones. For instance:
       
  2689  .sp
       
  2690  .nf
       
  2691 -.ft C
       
  2692 +.ft
       
  2693  [paths]
       
  2694  projects/a = /foo/bar
       
  2695  projects/b = /baz/quux
       
  2696 @@ -5039,7 +5023,7 @@
       
  2697  web/root = /real/root/*
       
  2698  / = /real/root2/*
       
  2699  virtual/root2 = /real/root2/**
       
  2700 -.ft P
       
  2701 +.ft
       
  2702  .fi
       
  2703  .INDENT 0.0
       
  2704  .IP \(bu 2
       
  2705 @@ -5048,14 +5032,14 @@
       
  2706  appear under the same directory in the web interface
       
  2707  .IP \(bu 2
       
  2708  .
       
  2709 -The third entry maps every Mercurial repository found in \(aq/real/root\(aq
       
  2710 -into \(aqweb/root\(aq. This format is preferred over the [collections] one,
       
  2711 +The third entry maps every Mercurial repository found in '/real/root'
       
  2712 +into 'web/root'. This format is preferred over the [collections] one,
       
  2713  since using absolute paths as configuration keys is not supported on every
       
  2714  platform (especially on Windows).
       
  2715  .IP \(bu 2
       
  2716  .
       
  2717  The fourth entry is a special case mapping all repositories in
       
  2718 -\(aq/real/root2\(aq in the root of the virtual directory.
       
  2719 +'/real/root2' in the root of the virtual directory.
       
  2720  .IP \(bu 2
       
  2721  .
       
  2722  The fifth entry recursively finds all repositories under the real
       
  2723 @@ -5067,10 +5051,10 @@
       
  2724  preferred. For instance:
       
  2725  .sp
       
  2726  .nf
       
  2727 -.ft C
       
  2728 +.ft
       
  2729  [collections]
       
  2730  /foo = /foo
       
  2731 -.ft P
       
  2732 +.ft
       
  2733  .fi
       
  2734  .sp
       
  2735  Here, the left side will be stripped off all repositories found in the
       
  2736 @@ -5085,8 +5069,8 @@
       
  2737  ancestor of the two file versions, so they can determine the changes
       
  2738  made on both branches.
       
  2739  .sp
       
  2740 -Merge tools are used both for \%\fBhg resolve\fP\:, \%\fBhg merge\fP\:, \%\fBhg update\fP\:,
       
  2741 -\%\fBhg backout\fP\: and in several extensions.
       
  2742 +Merge tools are used both for \fBhg resolve\fP, \fBhg merge\fP, \fBhg update\fP,
       
  2743 +\fBhg backout\fP and in several extensions.
       
  2744  .sp
       
  2745  Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically reconcile the files by
       
  2746  combining all non\-overlapping changes that occurred separately in
       
  2747 @@ -5191,10 +5175,11 @@
       
  2748  .
       
  2749  The merge of the file fails and must be resolved before commit.
       
  2750  .UNINDENT
       
  2751 +.RS 0
       
  2752  .IP Note
       
  2753  .
       
  2754  After selecting a merge program, Mercurial will by default attempt
       
  2755 -to merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it doesn\(aqt
       
  2756 +to merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it doesn't
       
  2757  succeed because of conflicting changes Mercurial will actually execute the
       
  2758  merge program. Whether to use the simple merge algorithm first can be
       
  2759  controlled by the premerge setting of the merge tool. Premerge is enabled by
       
  2760 @@ -5227,10 +5212,11 @@
       
  2761  patterns.
       
  2762  .sp
       
  2763  Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly.
       
  2764 +.RS 0
       
  2765  .IP Note
       
  2766  .
       
  2767  Patterns specified in \fB.hgignore\fP are not rooted.
       
  2768 -Please see \%\fBhg help hgignore\fP\: for details.
       
  2769 +Please see \fBhg help hgignore\fP for details.
       
  2770  .RE
       
  2771  .sp
       
  2772  To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it with
       
  2773 @@ -5255,17 +5241,17 @@
       
  2774  Plain examples:
       
  2775  .sp
       
  2776  .nf
       
  2777 -.ft C
       
  2778 +.ft
       
  2779  path:foo/bar   a name bar in a directory named foo in the root
       
  2780                 of the repository
       
  2781  path:path:name a file or directory named "path:name"
       
  2782 -.ft P
       
  2783 +.ft
       
  2784  .fi
       
  2785  .sp
       
  2786  Glob examples:
       
  2787  .sp
       
  2788  .nf
       
  2789 -.ft C
       
  2790 +.ft
       
  2791  glob:*.c       any name ending in ".c" in the current directory
       
  2792  *.c            any name ending in ".c" in the current directory
       
  2793  **.c           any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of the
       
  2794 @@ -5273,27 +5259,27 @@
       
  2795  foo/*.c        any name ending in ".c" in the directory foo
       
  2796  foo/**.c       any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of foo
       
  2797                 including itself.
       
  2798 -.ft P
       
  2799 +.ft
       
  2800  .fi
       
  2801  .sp
       
  2802  Regexp examples:
       
  2803  .sp
       
  2804  .nf
       
  2805 -.ft C
       
  2806 +.ft
       
  2807  re:.*\e.c$      any name ending in ".c", anywhere in the repository
       
  2808 -.ft P
       
  2809 +.ft
       
  2810  .fi
       
  2811  .sp
       
  2812  File examples:
       
  2813  .sp
       
  2814  .nf
       
  2815 -.ft C
       
  2816 +.ft
       
  2817  listfile:list.txt  read list from list.txt with one file pattern per line
       
  2818  listfile0:list.txt read list from list.txt with null byte delimiters
       
  2819 -.ft P
       
  2820 +.ft
       
  2821  .fi
       
  2822  .sp
       
  2823 -See also \%\fBhg help filesets\fP\:.
       
  2824 +See also \fBhg help filesets\fP.
       
  2825  .SH WORKING WITH PHASES
       
  2826  .SH WHAT ARE PHASES?
       
  2827  .sp
       
  2828 @@ -5330,14 +5316,14 @@
       
  2829  .sp
       
  2830  Once changesets become public, extensions like mq and rebase will
       
  2831  refuse to operate on them to prevent creating duplicate changesets.
       
  2832 -Phases can also be manually manipulated with the \%\fBhg phase\fP\: command
       
  2833 -if needed. See \%\fBhg help \-v phase\fP\: for examples.
       
  2834 +Phases can also be manually manipulated with the \fBhg phase\fP command
       
  2835 +if needed. See \fBhg help \-v phase\fP for examples.
       
  2836  .SH PHASES AND SERVERS
       
  2837  .sp
       
  2838  Normally, all servers are \fBpublishing\fP by default. This means:
       
  2839  .sp
       
  2840  .nf
       
  2841 -.ft C
       
  2842 +.ft
       
  2843  \- all draft changesets that are pulled or cloned appear in phase
       
  2844  public on the client
       
  2845  
       
  2846 @@ -5345,8 +5331,9 @@
       
  2847  client and server
       
  2848  
       
  2849  \- secret changesets are neither pushed, pulled, or cloned
       
  2850 -.ft P
       
  2851 +.ft
       
  2852  .fi
       
  2853 +.RS 0
       
  2854  .IP Note
       
  2855  .
       
  2856  Pulling a draft changeset from a publishing server does not mark it
       
  2857 @@ -5358,13 +5345,14 @@
       
  2858  repository to disable publishing in its configuration file:
       
  2859  .sp
       
  2860  .nf
       
  2861 -.ft C
       
  2862 +.ft
       
  2863  [phases]
       
  2864  publish = False
       
  2865 -.ft P
       
  2866 +.ft
       
  2867  .fi
       
  2868  .sp
       
  2869 -See \%\fBhg help config\fP\: for more information on config files.
       
  2870 +See \fBhg help config\fP for more information on config files.
       
  2871 +.RS 0
       
  2872  .IP Note
       
  2873  .
       
  2874  Servers running older versions of Mercurial are treated as
       
  2875 @@ -5379,9 +5367,9 @@
       
  2876  list changesets in draft or secret phase:
       
  2877  .sp
       
  2878  .nf
       
  2879 -.ft C
       
  2880 +.ft
       
  2881  hg log \-r "not public()"
       
  2882 -.ft P
       
  2883 +.ft
       
  2884  .fi
       
  2885  .IP \(bu 2
       
  2886  .
       
  2887 @@ -5388,9 +5376,9 @@
       
  2888  change all secret changesets to draft:
       
  2889  .sp
       
  2890  .nf
       
  2891 -.ft C
       
  2892 +.ft
       
  2893  hg phase \-\-draft "secret()"
       
  2894 -.ft P
       
  2895 +.ft
       
  2896  .fi
       
  2897  .IP \(bu 2
       
  2898  .
       
  2899 @@ -5397,9 +5385,9 @@
       
  2900  forcibly move the current changeset and descendants from public to draft:
       
  2901  .sp
       
  2902  .nf
       
  2903 -.ft C
       
  2904 +.ft
       
  2905  hg phase \-\-force \-\-draft .
       
  2906 -.ft P
       
  2907 +.ft
       
  2908  .fi
       
  2909  .IP \(bu 2
       
  2910  .
       
  2911 @@ -5406,9 +5394,9 @@
       
  2912  show a list of changeset revision and phase:
       
  2913  .sp
       
  2914  .nf
       
  2915 -.ft C
       
  2916 +.ft
       
  2917  hg log \-\-template "{rev} {phase}\en"
       
  2918 -.ft P
       
  2919 +.ft
       
  2920  .fi
       
  2921  .IP \(bu 2
       
  2922  .
       
  2923 @@ -5415,15 +5403,15 @@
       
  2924  resynchronize draft changesets relative to a remote repository:
       
  2925  .sp
       
  2926  .nf
       
  2927 -.ft C
       
  2928 -hg phase \-fd \(aqoutgoing(URL)\(aq
       
  2929 -.ft P
       
  2930 +.ft
       
  2931 +hg phase \-fd 'outgoing(URL)'
       
  2932 +.ft
       
  2933  .fi
       
  2934  .UNINDENT
       
  2935  .UNINDENT
       
  2936  .UNINDENT
       
  2937  .sp
       
  2938 -See \%\fBhg help phase\fP\: for more information on manually manipulating phases.
       
  2939 +See \fBhg help phase\fP for more information on manually manipulating phases.
       
  2940  .SH SPECIFYING SINGLE REVISIONS
       
  2941  .sp
       
  2942  Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions.
       
  2943 @@ -5469,7 +5457,7 @@
       
  2944  .sp
       
  2945  Special characters can be used in quoted identifiers by escaping them,
       
  2946  e.g., \fB\en\fP is interpreted as a newline. To prevent them from being
       
  2947 -interpreted, strings can be prefixed with \fBr\fP, e.g. \fBr\(aq...\(aq\fP.
       
  2948 +interpreted, strings can be prefixed with \fBr\fP, e.g. \fBr'...'\fP.
       
  2949  .sp
       
  2950  There is a single prefix operator:
       
  2951  .INDENT 0.0
       
  2952 @@ -5595,12 +5583,12 @@
       
  2953  .TP
       
  2954  .B \fBcontains(pattern)\fP
       
  2955  .sp
       
  2956 -Revision contains a file matching pattern. See \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\:
       
  2957 +Revision contains a file matching pattern. See \fBhg help patterns\fP
       
  2958  for information about file patterns.
       
  2959  .TP
       
  2960  .B \fBdate(interval)\fP
       
  2961  .sp
       
  2962 -Changesets within the interval, see \%\fBhg help dates\fP\:.
       
  2963 +Changesets within the interval, see \fBhg help dates\fP.
       
  2964  .TP
       
  2965  .B \fBdesc(string)\fP
       
  2966  .sp
       
  2967 @@ -5628,13 +5616,13 @@
       
  2968  .TP
       
  2969  .B \fBfollow([file])\fP
       
  2970  .sp
       
  2971 -An alias for \fB::.\fP (ancestors of the working copy\(aqs first parent).
       
  2972 +An alias for \fB::.\fP (ancestors of the working copy's first parent).
       
  2973  If a filename is specified, the history of the given file is followed,
       
  2974  including copies.
       
  2975  .TP
       
  2976  .B \fBgrep(regex)\fP
       
  2977  .sp
       
  2978 -Like \fBkeyword(string)\fP but accepts a regex. Use \fBgrep(r\(aq...\(aq)\fP
       
  2979 +Like \fBkeyword(string)\fP but accepts a regex. Use \fBgrep(r'...')\fP
       
  2980  to ensure special escape characters are handled correctly. Unlike
       
  2981  \fBkeyword(string)\fP, the match is case\-sensitive.
       
  2982  .TP
       
  2983 @@ -5720,7 +5708,7 @@
       
  2984  .TP
       
  2985  .B \fBpresent(set)\fP
       
  2986  .sp
       
  2987 -An empty set, if any revision in set isn\(aqt found; otherwise,
       
  2988 +An empty set, if any revision in set isn't found; otherwise,
       
  2989  all revisions in set.
       
  2990  .TP
       
  2991  .B \fBpublic()\fP
       
  2992 @@ -5730,7 +5718,7 @@
       
  2993  .B \fBremote([id [,path]])\fP
       
  2994  .sp
       
  2995  Local revision that corresponds to the given identifier in a
       
  2996 -remote repository, if present. Here, the \(aq.\(aq identifier is a
       
  2997 +remote repository, if present. Here, the '.' identifier is a
       
  2998  synonym for the current local branch.
       
  2999  .TP
       
  3000  .B \fBremoves(pattern)\fP
       
  3001 @@ -5790,9 +5778,9 @@
       
  3002  existing predicates or other aliases. An alias definition looks like:
       
  3003  .sp
       
  3004  .nf
       
  3005 -.ft C
       
  3006 +.ft
       
  3007  <alias> = <definition>
       
  3008 -.ft P
       
  3009 +.ft
       
  3010  .fi
       
  3011  .sp
       
  3012  in the \fBrevsetalias\fP section of a Mercurial configuration file. Arguments
       
  3013 @@ -5802,21 +5790,21 @@
       
  3014  For example,
       
  3015  .sp
       
  3016  .nf
       
  3017 -.ft C
       
  3018 +.ft
       
  3019  [revsetalias]
       
  3020  h = heads()
       
  3021  d($1) = sort($1, date)
       
  3022  rs($1, $2) = reverse(sort($1, $2))
       
  3023 -.ft P
       
  3024 +.ft
       
  3025  .fi
       
  3026  .sp
       
  3027  defines three aliases, \fBh\fP, \fBd\fP, and \fBrs\fP. \fBrs(0:tip, author)\fP is
       
  3028  exactly equivalent to \fBreverse(sort(0:tip, author))\fP.
       
  3029  .sp
       
  3030 -Command line equivalents for \%\fBhg log\fP\::
       
  3031 +Command line equivalents for \fBhg log\fP:
       
  3032  .sp
       
  3033  .nf
       
  3034 -.ft C
       
  3035 +.ft
       
  3036  \-f    \->  ::.
       
  3037  \-d x  \->  date(x)
       
  3038  \-k x  \->  keyword(x)
       
  3039 @@ -5825,7 +5813,7 @@
       
  3040  \-b x  \->  branch(x)
       
  3041  \-P x  \->  !::x
       
  3042  \-l x  \->  limit(expr, x)
       
  3043 -.ft P
       
  3044 +.ft
       
  3045  .fi
       
  3046  .sp
       
  3047  Some sample queries:
       
  3048 @@ -5835,9 +5823,9 @@
       
  3049  Changesets on the default branch:
       
  3050  .sp
       
  3051  .nf
       
  3052 -.ft C
       
  3053 +.ft
       
  3054  hg log \-r "branch(default)"
       
  3055 -.ft P
       
  3056 +.ft
       
  3057  .fi
       
  3058  .IP \(bu 2
       
  3059  .
       
  3060 @@ -5844,9 +5832,9 @@
       
  3061  Changesets on the default branch since tag 1.5 (excluding merges):
       
  3062  .sp
       
  3063  .nf
       
  3064 -.ft C
       
  3065 +.ft
       
  3066  hg log \-r "branch(default) and 1.5:: and not merge()"
       
  3067 -.ft P
       
  3068 +.ft
       
  3069  .fi
       
  3070  .IP \(bu 2
       
  3071  .
       
  3072 @@ -5853,9 +5841,9 @@
       
  3073  Open branch heads:
       
  3074  .sp
       
  3075  .nf
       
  3076 -.ft C
       
  3077 +.ft
       
  3078  hg log \-r "head() and not closed()"
       
  3079 -.ft P
       
  3080 +.ft
       
  3081  .fi
       
  3082  .IP \(bu 2
       
  3083  .
       
  3084 @@ -5863,9 +5851,9 @@
       
  3085  \fBhgext/*\fP:
       
  3086  .sp
       
  3087  .nf
       
  3088 -.ft C
       
  3089 -hg log \-r "1.3::1.5 and keyword(bug) and file(\(aqhgext/*\(aq)"
       
  3090 -.ft P
       
  3091 +.ft
       
  3092 +hg log \-r "1.3::1.5 and keyword(bug) and file('hgext/*')"
       
  3093 +.ft
       
  3094  .fi
       
  3095  .IP \(bu 2
       
  3096  .
       
  3097 @@ -5872,9 +5860,9 @@
       
  3098  Changesets committed in May 2008, sorted by user:
       
  3099  .sp
       
  3100  .nf
       
  3101 -.ft C
       
  3102 -hg log \-r "sort(date(\(aqMay 2008\(aq), user)"
       
  3103 -.ft P
       
  3104 +.ft
       
  3105 +hg log \-r "sort(date('May 2008'), user)"
       
  3106 +.ft
       
  3107  .fi
       
  3108  .IP \(bu 2
       
  3109  .
       
  3110 @@ -5882,9 +5870,9 @@
       
  3111  release:
       
  3112  .sp
       
  3113  .nf
       
  3114 -.ft C
       
  3115 +.ft
       
  3116  hg log \-r "(keyword(bug) or keyword(issue)) and not ancestors(tagged())"
       
  3117 -.ft P
       
  3118 +.ft
       
  3119  .fi
       
  3120  .UNINDENT
       
  3121  .SH SUBREPOSITORIES
       
  3122 @@ -5911,7 +5899,7 @@
       
  3123  .INDENT 3.0
       
  3124  .INDENT 3.5
       
  3125  .sp
       
  3126 -path/to/nested = \%https://example.com/nested/repo/path\:
       
  3127 +path/to/nested = https://example.com/nested/repo/path
       
  3128  .UNINDENT
       
  3129  .UNINDENT
       
  3130  .sp
       
  3131 @@ -5940,6 +5928,7 @@
       
  3132  subrepositories to the state they were committed in a parent
       
  3133  repository changeset. Mercurial automatically record the nested
       
  3134  repositories states when committing in the parent repository.
       
  3135 +.RS 0
       
  3136  .IP Note
       
  3137  .
       
  3138  The \fB.hgsubstate\fP file should not be edited manually.
       
  3139 @@ -5991,7 +5980,7 @@
       
  3140  have been modified, Mercurial will abort.  Mercurial can be made
       
  3141  to instead commit all modified subrepositories by specifying
       
  3142  \-S/\-\-subrepos, or setting "ui.commitsubrepos=True" in a
       
  3143 -configuration file (see \%\fBhg help config\fP\:).  After there are no
       
  3144 +configuration file (see \fBhg help config\fP).  After there are no
       
  3145  longer any modified subrepositories, it records their state and
       
  3146  finally commits it in the parent repository.
       
  3147  .TP
       
  3148 @@ -6022,7 +6011,7 @@
       
  3149  .B pull
       
  3150  .
       
  3151  pull is not recursive since it is not clear what to pull prior
       
  3152 -to running \%\fBhg update\fP\:. Listing and retrieving all
       
  3153 +to running \fBhg update\fP. Listing and retrieving all
       
  3154  subrepositories changes referenced by the parent repository pulled
       
  3155  changesets is expensive at best, impossible in the Subversion
       
  3156  case.
       
  3157 @@ -6073,9 +6062,9 @@
       
  3158  Usage:
       
  3159  .sp
       
  3160  .nf
       
  3161 -.ft C
       
  3162 +.ft
       
  3163  $ hg log \-r1 \-\-style changelog
       
  3164 -.ft P
       
  3165 +.ft
       
  3166  .fi
       
  3167  .sp
       
  3168  A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable
       
  3169 @@ -6082,10 +6071,10 @@
       
  3170  expansion:
       
  3171  .sp
       
  3172  .nf
       
  3173 -.ft C
       
  3174 +.ft
       
  3175  $ hg log \-r1 \-\-template "{node}\en"
       
  3176  b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746
       
  3177 -.ft P
       
  3178 +.ft
       
  3179  .fi
       
  3180  .sp
       
  3181  Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of
       
  3182 @@ -6195,15 +6184,15 @@
       
  3183  The "date" keyword does not produce human\-readable output. If you
       
  3184  want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process
       
  3185  it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input
       
  3186 -variable. Be sure to use the stringify filter first when you\(aqre
       
  3187 +variable. Be sure to use the stringify filter first when you're
       
  3188  applying a string\-input filter to a list\-like input variable.
       
  3189  You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired output:
       
  3190  .sp
       
  3191  .nf
       
  3192 -.ft C
       
  3193 +.ft
       
  3194  $ hg tip \-\-template "{date|isodate}\en"
       
  3195  2008\-08\-21 18:22 +0000
       
  3196 -.ft P
       
  3197 +.ft
       
  3198  .fi
       
  3199  .sp
       
  3200  List of filters:
       
  3201 @@ -6291,7 +6280,7 @@
       
  3202  .TP
       
  3203  .B nonempty
       
  3204  .
       
  3205 -Any text. Returns \(aq(none)\(aq if the string is empty.
       
  3206 +Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty.
       
  3207  .TP
       
  3208  .B obfuscate
       
  3209  .
       
  3210 @@ -6363,24 +6352,24 @@
       
  3211  Valid URLs are of the form:
       
  3212  .sp
       
  3213  .nf
       
  3214 -.ft C
       
  3215 +.ft
       
  3216  local/filesystem/path[#revision]
       
  3217  file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]
       
  3218  http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]
       
  3219  https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]
       
  3220  ssh://[user@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]
       
  3221 -.ft P
       
  3222 +.ft
       
  3223  .fi
       
  3224  .sp
       
  3225  Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial
       
  3226 -repositories or to bundle files (as created by \%\fBhg bundle\fP\: or :hg:\(ga
       
  3227 -incoming \-\-bundle\(ga). See also \%\fBhg help paths\fP\:.
       
  3228 +repositories or to bundle files (as created by \fBhg bundle\fP or \fBhg
       
  3229 +incoming \-\-bundle\fP). See also \fBhg help paths\fP.
       
  3230  .sp
       
  3231  An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag, or
       
  3232 -changeset to use from the remote repository. See also \%\fBhg help
       
  3233 -revisions\fP\:.
       
  3234 +changeset to use from the remote repository. See also \fBhg help
       
  3235 +revisions\fP.
       
  3236  .sp
       
  3237 -Some features, such as pushing to \%http://\: and \%https://\: URLs are only
       
  3238 +Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are only
       
  3239  possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote Mercurial
       
  3240  server.
       
  3241  .sp
       
  3242 @@ -6395,26 +6384,26 @@
       
  3243  and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as remotecmd.
       
  3244  .IP \(bu 2
       
  3245  .
       
  3246 -path is relative to the remote user\(aqs home directory by default. Use
       
  3247 +path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default. Use
       
  3248  an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path:
       
  3249  .sp
       
  3250  .nf
       
  3251 -.ft C
       
  3252 +.ft
       
  3253  ssh://example.com//tmp/repository
       
  3254 -.ft P
       
  3255 +.ft
       
  3256  .fi
       
  3257  .IP \(bu 2
       
  3258  .
       
  3259 -Mercurial doesn\(aqt use its own compression via SSH; the right thing
       
  3260 +Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right thing
       
  3261  to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.:
       
  3262  .sp
       
  3263  .nf
       
  3264 -.ft C
       
  3265 +.ft
       
  3266  Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com
       
  3267    Compression no
       
  3268  Host *
       
  3269    Compression yes
       
  3270 -.ft P
       
  3271 +.ft
       
  3272  .fi
       
  3273  .sp
       
  3274  Alternatively specify "ssh \-C" as your ssh command in your
       
  3275 @@ -6425,16 +6414,16 @@
       
  3276  aliases under the [paths] section like so:
       
  3277  .sp
       
  3278  .nf
       
  3279 -.ft C
       
  3280 +.ft
       
  3281  [paths]
       
  3282  alias1 = URL1
       
  3283  alias2 = URL2
       
  3284  \&...
       
  3285 -.ft P
       
  3286 +.ft
       
  3287  .fi
       
  3288  .sp
       
  3289  You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for
       
  3290 -example \%\fBhg pull alias1\fP\: will be treated as \%\fBhg pull URL1\fP\:).
       
  3291 +example \fBhg pull alias1\fP will be treated as \fBhg pull URL1\fP).
       
  3292  .sp
       
  3293  Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults when
       
  3294  you do not provide the URL to a command:
       
  3295 @@ -6443,14 +6432,14 @@
       
  3296  .B default:
       
  3297  .
       
  3298  When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command saves
       
  3299 -the location of the source repository as the new repository\(aqs
       
  3300 -\(aqdefault\(aq path. This is then used when you omit path from push\- and
       
  3301 +the location of the source repository as the new repository's 'default'
       
  3302 +path. This is then used when you omit path from push\- and
       
  3303  pull\-like commands (including incoming and outgoing).
       
  3304  .TP
       
  3305  .B default\-push:
       
  3306  .
       
  3307 -The push command will look for a path named \(aqdefault\-push\(aq, and
       
  3308 -prefer it over \(aqdefault\(aq if both are defined.
       
  3309 +The push command will look for a path named 'default\-push', and
       
  3310 +prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.
       
  3311  .UNINDENT
  2158  .SH EXTENSIONS
  3312  .SH EXTENSIONS
  2159  .sp
  3313  .sp
  2160 @@ -5011,7 +4985,7 @@
  3314 @@ -6532,7 +6521,7 @@
  2161  .SS Example Configuration
  3315  .SS Example Configuration
  2162  .sp
  3316  .sp
  2163  .nf
  3317  .nf
  2164 -.ft C
  3318 -.ft C
  2165 +.ft
  3319 +.ft
  2166  [hooks]
  3320  [hooks]
  2167  
  3321  
  2168  # Use this if you want to check access restrictions at commit time
  3322  # Use this if you want to check access restrictions at commit time
  2169 @@ -5087,7 +5061,7 @@
  3323 @@ -6608,7 +6597,7 @@
  2170  src/main/resources/** = *
  3324  src/main/resources/** = *
  2171  
  3325  
  2172  \&.hgtags = release_engineer
  3326  \&.hgtags = release_engineer
  2173 -.ft P
  3327 -.ft P
  2174 +.ft
  3328 +.ft
  2175  .fi
  3329  .fi
  2176  .SS bugzilla
  3330  .SS bugzilla
  2177  .sp
  3331  .sp
  2178 @@ -5102,8 +5076,8 @@
  3332 @@ -6781,9 +6770,9 @@
  2179  .sp
  3333  line:
  2180  The hook relies on a Bugzilla script to send bug change notification
  3334  .sp
  2181  emails. That script changes between Bugzilla versions; the
  3335  .nf
  2182 -\(aqprocessmail\(aq script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and
  3336 -.ft C
  2183 -subsequent versions by \(aqconfig/sendbugmail.pl\(aq. Note that these will
  3337 +.ft
  2184 +\'processmail' script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and
  3338  committer = Bugzilla user
  2185 +subsequent versions by 'config/sendbugmail.pl'. Note that these will
  3339 -.ft P
  2186  be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to
  3340 +.ft
  2187  ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately.
  3341  .fi
  2188  .sp
  3342  .sp
  2189 @@ -5117,11 +5091,11 @@
  3343  See also the \fB[usermap]\fP section.
  2190  .TP
  3344 @@ -6869,7 +6858,7 @@
  2191  .B db
       
  2192  .
       
  2193 -Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default \(aqbugs\(aq.
       
  2194 +Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'.
       
  2195  .TP
       
  2196  .B user
       
  2197  .
       
  2198 -Username to use to access MySQL server. Default \(aqbugs\(aq.
       
  2199 +Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'.
       
  2200  .TP
       
  2201  .B password
       
  2202  .
       
  2203 @@ -5133,8 +5107,8 @@
       
  2204  .TP
       
  2205  .B version
       
  2206  .
       
  2207 -Bugzilla version. Specify \(aq3.0\(aq for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,
       
  2208 -\(aq2.18\(aq for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and \(aq2.16\(aq for versions prior
       
  2209 +Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,
       
  2210 +\'2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior
       
  2211  to 2.18.
       
  2212  .TP
       
  2213  .B bzuser
       
  2214 @@ -5145,13 +5119,13 @@
       
  2215  .B bzdir
       
  2216  .
       
  2217  Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default
       
  2218 -\(aq/var/www/html/bugzilla\(aq.
       
  2219 +\'/var/www/html/bugzilla'.
       
  2220  .TP
       
  2221  .B notify
       
  2222  .
       
  2223  The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification
       
  2224 -emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, \(aqbzdir\(aq, \(aqid\(aq (bug id)
       
  2225 -and \(aquser\(aq (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;
       
  2226 +emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)
       
  2227 +and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;
       
  2228  from 2.18 it is "cd %(bzdir)s && perl \-T contrib/sendbugmail.pl
       
  2229  %(id)s %(user)s".
       
  2230  .TP
       
  2231 @@ -5158,9 +5132,9 @@
       
  2232  .B regexp
       
  2233  .
       
  2234  Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.
       
  2235 -Must contain one "()" group. The default expression matches \(aqBug
       
  2236 -1234\(aq, \(aqBug no. 1234\(aq, \(aqBug number 1234\(aq, \(aqBugs 1234,5678\(aq, \(aqBug
       
  2237 -1234 and 5678\(aq and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive.
       
  2238 +Must contain one "()" group. The default expression matches 'Bug
       
  2239 +1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug
       
  2240 +1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive.
       
  2241  .TP
       
  2242  .B style
       
  2243  .
       
  2244 @@ -5173,18 +5147,18 @@
       
  2245  extension specifies:
       
  2246  .sp
       
  2247  .nf
       
  2248 -.ft C
       
  2249 +.ft
       
  2250  {bug}       The Bugzilla bug ID.
       
  2251  {root}      The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.
       
  2252  {webroot}   Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.
       
  2253  {hgweb}     Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories.
       
  2254 -.ft P
       
  2255 +.ft
       
  2256  .fi
       
  2257  .INDENT 7.0
       
  2258  .TP
       
  2259 -.B Default \(aqchangeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers \(aq
       
  2260 +.B Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '
       
  2261  .
       
  2262 -\(aqto bug {bug}.ndetails:nt{desc|tabindent}\(aq
       
  2263 +\'to bug {bug}.ndetails:nt{desc|tabindent}'
       
  2264  .UNINDENT
       
  2265  .TP
       
  2266  .B strip
       
  2267 @@ -5215,7 +5189,7 @@
       
  2268  Activating the extension:
  3345  Activating the extension:
  2269  .sp
  3346  .sp
  2270  .nf
  3347  .nf
  2271 -.ft C
  3348 -.ft C
  2272 +.ft
  3349 +.ft
  2273  [extensions]
  3350  [extensions]
  2274  bugzilla =
  3351  bugzilla =
  2275  
  3352  
  2276 @@ -5222,7 +5196,7 @@
  3353 @@ -6876,7 +6865,7 @@
  2277  [hooks]
  3354  [hooks]
  2278  # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here
  3355  # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here
  2279  incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook
  3356  incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook
  2280 -.ft P
  3357 -.ft P
  2281 +.ft
  3358 +.ft
  2282  .fi
  3359  .fi
  2283  .sp
  3360  .sp
  2284  Example configuration:
  3361  Example configurations:
  2285 @@ -5232,7 +5206,7 @@
  3362 @@ -6888,7 +6877,7 @@
  2286  installation in /opt/bugzilla\-3.2.
  3363  with a web interface at \fBhttp://my\-project.org/hg\fP.
       
  3364  .sp
       
  3365  .nf
       
  3366 -.ft C
       
  3367 +.ft
       
  3368  [bugzilla]
       
  3369  bzurl=http://my\-project.org/bugzilla
       
  3370  user=bugmail@my\-project.org
       
  3371 @@ -6901,7 +6890,7 @@
       
  3372  
       
  3373  [web]
       
  3374  baseurl=http://my\-project.org/hg
       
  3375 -.ft P
       
  3376 +.ft
       
  3377  .fi
       
  3378  .sp
       
  3379  XMLRPC+email example configuration. This uses the Bugzilla at
       
  3380 @@ -6913,7 +6902,7 @@
       
  3381  \fBbugzilla@my\-project.org\fP.
       
  3382  .sp
       
  3383  .nf
       
  3384 -.ft C
       
  3385 +.ft
       
  3386  [bugzilla]
       
  3387  bzurl=http://my\-project.org/bugzilla
       
  3388  user=bugmail@my\-project.org
       
  3389 @@ -6930,7 +6919,7 @@
       
  3390  
       
  3391  [usermap]
       
  3392  [email protected][email protected]
       
  3393 -.ft P
       
  3394 +.ft
       
  3395  .fi
       
  3396  .sp
       
  3397  MySQL example configuration. This has a local Bugzilla 3.2 installation
       
  3398 @@ -6941,7 +6930,7 @@
       
  3399  with a web interface at \fBhttp://my\-project.org/hg\fP.
  2287  .sp
  3400  .sp
  2288  .nf
  3401  .nf
  2289 -.ft C
  3402 -.ft C
  2290 +.ft
  3403 +.ft
  2291  [bugzilla]
  3404  [bugzilla]
  2292  host=localhost
  3405  host=localhost
  2293  password=XYZZY
  3406  password=XYZZY
  2294 @@ -5249,18 +5223,18 @@
  3407 @@ -6958,18 +6947,18 @@
  2295  
  3408  
  2296  [usermap]
  3409  [usermap]
  2297  [email protected][email protected]
  3410  [email protected][email protected]
  2298 -.ft P
  3411 -.ft P
  2299 +.ft
  3412 +.ft
  2300  .fi
  3413  .fi
  2301  .sp
  3414  .sp
  2302  Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form:
  3415  All the above add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form:
  2303  .sp
  3416  .sp
  2304  .nf
  3417  .nf
  2305 -.ft C
  3418 -.ft C
  2306 +.ft
  3419 +.ft
  2307  Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository\-name.
  3420  Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository\-name.
  2308  http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository\-name/rev/3b16791d6642
  3421  http://my\-project.org/hg/repository\-name/rev/3b16791d6642
  2309  
  3422  
  2310  Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.
  3423  Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.
  2311 -.ft P
  3424 -.ft P
  2312 +.ft
  3425 +.ft
  2313  .fi
  3426  .fi
  2314  .SS children
  3427  .SS children
  2315  .sp
  3428  .sp
  2316 @@ -5269,12 +5243,12 @@
  3429 @@ -6978,12 +6967,12 @@
  2317  .SS children
  3430  .SS children
  2318  .sp
  3431  .sp
  2319  .nf
  3432  .nf
  2320 -.ft C
  3433 -.ft C
  2321 +.ft
  3434 +.ft
  2327 -Print the children of the working directory\(aqs revisions. If a
  3440 -Print the children of the working directory\(aqs revisions. If a
  2328 +Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a
  3441 +Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a
  2329  revision is given via \-r/\-\-rev, the children of that revision will
  3442  revision is given via \-r/\-\-rev, the children of that revision will
  2330  be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the
  3443  be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the
  2331  file was last changed (after the working directory revision or the
  3444  file was last changed (after the working directory revision or the
  2332 @@ -5302,9 +5276,9 @@
  3445 @@ -7011,9 +7000,9 @@
  2333  .SS churn
  3446  .SS churn
  2334  .sp
  3447  .sp
  2335  .nf
  3448  .nf
  2336 -.ft C
  3449 -.ft C
  2337 +.ft
  3450 +.ft
  2339 -.ft P
  3452 -.ft P
  2340 +.ft
  3453 +.ft
  2341  .fi
  3454  .fi
  2342  .sp
  3455  .sp
  2343  This command will display a histogram representing the number
  3456  This command will display a histogram representing the number
  2344 @@ -5320,19 +5294,19 @@
  3457 @@ -7029,19 +7018,19 @@
  2345  Examples:
  3458  Examples:
  2346  .sp
  3459  .sp
  2347  .nf
  3460  .nf
  2348 -.ft C
  3461 -.ft C
  2349 +.ft
  3462 +.ft
  2365 +hg churn \-f '%Y' \-s
  3478 +hg churn \-f '%Y' \-s
  2366 +.ft
  3479 +.ft
  2367  .fi
  3480  .fi
  2368  .sp
  3481  .sp
  2369  It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address
  3482  It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address
  2370 @@ -5339,9 +5313,9 @@
  3483 @@ -7048,9 +7037,9 @@
  2371  by providing a file using the following format:
  3484  by providing a file using the following format:
  2372  .sp
  3485  .sp
  2373  .nf
  3486  .nf
  2374 -.ft C
  3487 -.ft C
  2375 +.ft
  3488 +.ft
  2377 -.ft P
  3490 -.ft P
  2378 +.ft
  3491 +.ft
  2379  .fi
  3492  .fi
  2380  .sp
  3493  .sp
  2381  Such a file may be specified with the \-\-aliases option, otherwise
  3494  Such a file may be specified with the \-\-aliases option, otherwise
  2382 @@ -5407,7 +5381,7 @@
  3495 @@ -7118,7 +7107,7 @@
  2383  Default effects may be overridden from your configuration file:
  3496  Default effects may be overridden from your configuration file:
  2384  .sp
  3497  .sp
  2385  .nf
  3498  .nf
  2386 -.ft C
  3499 -.ft C
  2387 +.ft
  3500 +.ft
  2388  [color]
  3501  [color]
  2389  status.modified = blue bold underline red_background
  3502  status.modified = blue bold underline red_background
  2390  status.added = green bold
  3503  status.added = green bold
  2391 @@ -5416,7 +5390,7 @@
  3504 @@ -7127,7 +7116,7 @@
  2392  status.unknown = magenta bold underline
  3505  status.unknown = magenta bold underline
  2393  status.ignored = black bold
  3506  status.ignored = black bold
  2394  
  3507  
  2395 -# \(aqnone\(aq turns off all effects
  3508 -# \(aqnone\(aq turns off all effects
  2396 +# 'none' turns off all effects
  3509 +# 'none' turns off all effects
  2397  status.clean = none
  3510  status.clean = none
  2398  status.copied = none
  3511  status.copied = none
  2399  
  3512  
  2400 @@ -5443,7 +5417,7 @@
  3513 @@ -7157,13 +7146,13 @@
  2401  branches.closed = black bold
  3514  
  2402  branches.current = green
  3515  tags.normal = green
  2403  branches.inactive = none
  3516  tags.local = black bold
  2404 -.ft P
  3517 -.ft P
  2405 +.ft
  3518 +.ft
  2406  .fi
  3519  .fi
  2407  .sp
  3520  .sp
  2408  The color extension will try to detect whether to use ANSI codes or
  3521 -The available effects in terminfo mode are \(aqblink\(aq, \(aqbold\(aq, \(aqdim\(aq,
  2409 @@ -5450,13 +5424,13 @@
  3522 -\(aqinverse\(aq, \(aqinvisible\(aq, \(aqitalic\(aq, \(aqstandout\(aq, and \(aqunderline\(aq; in
  2410  Win32 console APIs, unless it is made explicit:
  3523 -ECMA\-48 mode, the options are \(aqbold\(aq, \(aqinverse\(aq, \(aqitalic\(aq, and
       
  3524 -\(aqunderline\(aq.  How each is rendered depends on the terminal emulator.
       
  3525 +The available effects in terminfo mode are 'blink', 'bold', 'dim', 'inverse', 'invisible', 'italic', 'standout',
       
  3526 +and 'underline'; in
       
  3527 +ECMA\-48 mode, the options are 'bold', 'inverse', 'italic', and
       
  3528 +'underline'.  How each is rendered depends on the terminal emulator.
       
  3529  Some may not be available for a given terminal type, and will be
       
  3530  silently ignored.
       
  3531  .sp
       
  3532 @@ -7170,7 +7159,7 @@
       
  3533  Note that on some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
       
  3534  color with the pager extension and less \-R. less with the \-R option
       
  3535  will only display ECMA\-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
       
  3536 -emit codes that less doesn\(aqt understand. You can work around this by
       
  3537 +emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
       
  3538  either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less \-r (which will
       
  3539  pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
       
  3540  codes).
       
  3541 @@ -7180,18 +7169,18 @@
       
  3542  for your terminal type, assuming terminfo mode.  For instance:
       
  3543  .sp
       
  3544  .nf
       
  3545 -.ft C
       
  3546 +.ft
       
  3547  color.brightblue = 12
       
  3548  color.pink = 207
       
  3549  color.orange = 202
       
  3550 -.ft P
       
  3551 +.ft
       
  3552  .fi
       
  3553  .sp
       
  3554 -to set \(aqbrightblue\(aq to color slot 12 (useful for 16 color terminals
       
  3555 -that have brighter colors defined in the upper eight) and, \(aqpink\(aq and
       
  3556 -\(aqorange\(aq to colors in 256\-color xterm\(aqs default color cube.  These
       
  3557 +to set 'brightblue' to color slot 12 (useful for 16 color terminals
       
  3558 +that have brighter colors defined in the upper eight) and, 'pink' and
       
  3559 +'orange' to colors in 256\-color xterm's default color cube.  These
       
  3560  defined colors may then be used as any of the pre\-defined eight,
       
  3561 -including appending \(aq_background\(aq to set the background to that color.
       
  3562 +including appending '_background' to set the background to that color.
       
  3563  .sp
       
  3564  By default, the color extension will use ANSI mode (or win32 mode on
       
  3565  Windows) if it detects a terminal. To override auto mode (to enable
       
  3566 @@ -7198,13 +7187,13 @@
       
  3567  terminfo mode, for example), set the following configuration option:
  2411  .sp
  3568  .sp
  2412  .nf
  3569  .nf
  2413 -.ft C
  3570 -.ft C
  2414 +.ft
  3571 +.ft
  2415  [color]
  3572  [color]
  2416  mode = ansi
  3573  mode = terminfo
  2417 -.ft P
  3574 -.ft P
  2418 +.ft
  3575 +.ft
  2419  .fi
  3576  .fi
  2420  .sp
  3577  .sp
  2421 -Any value other than \(aqansi\(aq, \(aqwin32\(aq, or \(aqauto\(aq will disable color.
  3578 -Any value other than \(aqansi\(aq, \(aqwin32\(aq, \(aqterminfo\(aq, or \(aqauto\(aq will
  2422 +Any value other than 'ansi', 'win32', or 'auto' will disable color.
  3579 +Any value other than 'ansi', 'win32', 'terminfo', or 'auto' will
       
  3580  disable color.
  2423  .SS convert
  3581  .SS convert
  2424  .sp
  3582  .sp
  2425  import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into Mercurial
  3583 @@ -7213,9 +7202,9 @@
  2426 @@ -5464,9 +5438,9 @@
       
  2427  .SS convert
  3584  .SS convert
  2428  .sp
  3585  .sp
  2429  .nf
  3586  .nf
  2430 -.ft C
  3587 -.ft C
  2431 +.ft
  3588 +.ft
  2433 -.ft P
  3590 -.ft P
  2434 +.ft
  3591 +.ft
  2435  .fi
  3592  .fi
  2436  .sp
  3593  .sp
  2437  Accepted source formats [identifiers]:
  3594  Accepted source formats [identifiers]:
  2438 @@ -5516,7 +5490,7 @@
  3595 @@ -7265,7 +7254,7 @@
  2439  .sp
  3596  .sp
  2440  If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the
  3597  If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the
  2441  basename of the source with \fB\-hg\fP appended. If the destination
  3598  basename of the source with \fB\-hg\fP appended. If the destination
  2442 -repository doesn\(aqt exist, it will be created.
  3599 -repository doesn\(aqt exist, it will be created.
  2443 +repository doesn't exist, it will be created.
  3600 +repository doesn't exist, it will be created.
  2444  .sp
  3601  .sp
  2445  By default, all sources except Mercurial will use \-\-branchsort.
  3602  By default, all sources except Mercurial will use \-\-branchsort.
  2446  Mercurial uses \-\-sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers
  3603  Mercurial uses \-\-sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers
  2447 @@ -5542,19 +5516,19 @@
  3604 @@ -7291,19 +7280,19 @@
  2448  supported by Mercurial sources.
  3605  supported by Mercurial sources.
  2449  .UNINDENT
  3606  .UNINDENT
  2450  .sp
  3607  .sp
  2451 -If \fBREVMAP\fP isn\(aqt given, it will be put in a default location
  3608 -If \fBREVMAP\fP isn\(aqt given, it will be put in a default location
  2452 +If \fBREVMAP\fP isn't given, it will be put in a default location
  3609 +If \fBREVMAP\fP isn't given, it will be put in a default location
  2467 +If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's
  3624 +If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's
  2468 +updated on each commit copied, so \fBhg convert\fP can be interrupted
  3625 +updated on each commit copied, so \fBhg convert\fP can be interrupted
  2469  and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits.
  3626  and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits.
  2470  .sp
  3627  .sp
  2471  The authormap is a simple text file that maps each source commit
  3628  The authormap is a simple text file that maps each source commit
  2472 @@ -5563,9 +5537,9 @@
  3629 @@ -7312,9 +7301,9 @@
  2473  author mapping and the line format is:
  3630  author mapping and the line format is:
  2474  .sp
  3631  .sp
  2475  .nf
  3632  .nf
  2476 -.ft C
  3633 -.ft C
  2477 +.ft
  3634 +.ft
  2479 -.ft P
  3636 -.ft P
  2480 +.ft
  3637 +.ft
  2481  .fi
  3638  .fi
  2482  .sp
  3639  .sp
  2483  Empty lines and lines starting with a \fB#\fP are ignored.
  3640  Empty lines and lines starting with a \fB#\fP are ignored.
  2484 @@ -5575,13 +5549,13 @@
  3641 @@ -7324,13 +7313,13 @@
  2485  directives:
  3642  directives:
  2486  .sp
  3643  .sp
  2487  .nf
  3644  .nf
  2488 -.ft C
  3645 -.ft C
  2489 +.ft
  3646 +.ft
  2495 -.ft P
  3652 -.ft P
  2496 +.ft
  3653 +.ft
  2497  .fi
  3654  .fi
  2498  .sp
  3655  .sp
  2499  Comment lines start with \fB#\fP. A specified path matches if it
  3656  Comment lines start with \fB#\fP. A specified path matches if it
  2500 @@ -5605,9 +5579,9 @@
  3657 @@ -7354,9 +7343,9 @@
  2501  comma\-separated values:
  3658  comma\-separated values:
  2502  .sp
  3659  .sp
  2503  .nf
  3660  .nf
  2504 -.ft C
  3661 -.ft C
  2505 +.ft
  3662 +.ft
  2507 -.ft P
  3664 -.ft P
  2508 +.ft
  3665 +.ft
  2509  .fi
  3666  .fi
  2510  .sp
  3667  .sp
  2511  The key is the revision ID in the source
  3668  The key is the revision ID in the source
  2512 @@ -5627,9 +5601,9 @@
  3669 @@ -7376,9 +7365,9 @@
  2513  lines of the form:
  3670  lines of the form:
  2514  .sp
  3671  .sp
  2515  .nf
  3672  .nf
  2516 -.ft C
  3673 -.ft C
  2517 +.ft
  3674 +.ft
  2519 -.ft P
  3676 -.ft P
  2520 +.ft
  3677 +.ft
  2521  .fi
  3678  .fi
  2522  .sp
  3679  .sp
  2523  where "original_branch_name" is the name of the branch in the
  3680  where "original_branch_name" is the name of the branch in the
  2524 @@ -5876,9 +5850,9 @@
  3681 @@ -7625,9 +7614,9 @@
  2525  Files with the declared format of \fBCRLF\fP or \fBLF\fP are always
  3682  Files with the declared format of \fBCRLF\fP or \fBLF\fP are always
  2526  checked out and stored in the repository in that format and files
  3683  checked out and stored in the repository in that format and files
  2527  declared to be binary (\fBBIN\fP) are left unchanged. Additionally,
  3684  declared to be binary (\fBBIN\fP) are left unchanged. Additionally,
  2528 -\fBnative\fP is an alias for checking out in the platform\(aqs default line
  3685 -\fBnative\fP is an alias for checking out in the platform\(aqs default line
  2529 +\fBnative\fP is an alias for checking out in the platform's default line
  3686 +\fBnative\fP is an alias for checking out in the platform's default line
  2531 -Windows. Note that \fBBIN\fP (do nothing to line endings) is Mercurial\(aqs
  3688 -Windows. Note that \fBBIN\fP (do nothing to line endings) is Mercurial\(aqs
  2532 +Windows. Note that \fBBIN\fP (do nothing to line endings) is Mercurial's
  3689 +Windows. Note that \fBBIN\fP (do nothing to line endings) is Mercurial's
  2533  default behaviour; it is only needed if you need to override a later,
  3690  default behaviour; it is only needed if you need to override a later,
  2534  more general pattern.
  3691  more general pattern.
  2535  .sp
  3692  .sp
  2536 @@ -5895,7 +5869,7 @@
  3693 @@ -7644,7 +7633,7 @@
  2537  Example versioned \fB.hgeol\fP file:
  3694  Example versioned \fB.hgeol\fP file:
  2538  .sp
  3695  .sp
  2539  .nf
  3696  .nf
  2540 -.ft C
  3697 -.ft C
  2541 +.ft
  3698 +.ft
  2542  [patterns]
  3699  [patterns]
  2543  **.py = native
  3700  **.py = native
  2544  **.vcproj = CRLF
  3701  **.vcproj = CRLF
  2545 @@ -5905,7 +5879,7 @@
  3702 @@ -7654,8 +7643,9 @@
  2546  
  3703  
  2547  [repository]
  3704  [repository]
  2548  native = LF
  3705  native = LF
  2549 -.ft P
  3706 -.ft P
  2550 +.ft
  3707 +.ft
  2551  .fi
  3708  .fi
       
  3709 +.RS 0
  2552  .IP Note
  3710  .IP Note
  2553  .
  3711  .
  2554 @@ -5921,7 +5895,7 @@
  3712  The rules will first apply when files are touched in the working
       
  3713 @@ -7671,7 +7661,7 @@
  2555  .
  3714  .
  2556  \fBeol.native\fP (default \fBos.linesep\fP) can be set to \fBLF\fP or
  3715  \fBeol.native\fP (default \fBos.linesep\fP) can be set to \fBLF\fP or
  2557  \fBCRLF\fP to override the default interpretation of \fBnative\fP for
  3716  \fBCRLF\fP to override the default interpretation of \fBnative\fP for
  2558 -checkout. This can be used with \%\fBhg archive\fP\: on Unix, say, to
  3717 -checkout. This can be used with \%\fBhg archive\fP\: on Unix, say, to
  2559 +checkout. This can be used with \fBhg archive\fP on Unix, say, to
  3718 +checkout. This can be used with \fBhg archive\fP on Unix, say, to
  2560  generate an archive where files have line endings for Windows.
  3719  generate an archive where files have line endings for Windows.
  2561  .IP \(bu 2
  3720  .IP \(bu 2
  2562  .
  3721  .
  2563 @@ -5944,7 +5918,7 @@
  3722 @@ -7701,7 +7691,7 @@
  2564  Remember to enable the eol extension in the repository where you
  3723  \fBeol.checkallhook\fP hook. These hooks are best used as
  2565  install the hook.
  3724  \fBpretxnchangegroup\fP hooks.
  2566  .sp
  3725  .sp
  2567 -See \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\: for more information about the glob patterns
  3726 -See \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\: for more information about the glob patterns
  2568 +See \fBhg help patterns\fP for more information about the glob patterns
  3727 +See \fBhg help patterns\fP for more information about the glob patterns
  2569  used.
  3728  used.
  2570  .SS extdiff
  3729  .SS extdiff
  2571  .sp
  3730  .sp
  2572 @@ -5957,12 +5931,12 @@
  3731 @@ -7714,12 +7704,12 @@
  2573  files to compare.
  3732  files to compare.
  2574  .sp
  3733  .sp
  2575  The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so
  3734  The extdiff extension also allows you to configure new diff commands, so
  2576 -you do not need to type \%\fBhg extdiff \-p kdiff3\fP\: always.
  3735 -you do not need to type \%\fBhg extdiff \-p kdiff3\fP\: always.
  2577 +you do not need to type \fBhg extdiff \-p kdiff3\fP always.
  3736 +you do not need to type \fBhg extdiff \-p kdiff3\fP always.
  2578  .sp
  3737  .sp
  2579  .nf
  3738  .nf
  2580 -.ft C
  3739 -.ft C
  2583 -# add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in \(aqcontext diff\(aq mode
  3742 -# add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in \(aqcontext diff\(aq mode
  2584 +# add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode
  3743 +# add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode
  2585  cdiff = gdiff \-Nprc5
  3744  cdiff = gdiff \-Nprc5
  2586  ## or the old way:
  3745  ## or the old way:
  2587  #cmd.cdiff = gdiff
  3746  #cmd.cdiff = gdiff
  2588 @@ -5978,19 +5952,19 @@
  3747 @@ -7736,20 +7726,20 @@
  2589  # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non
       
  2590  # English user, be sure to put "let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1" in
  3748  # English user, be sure to put "let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1" in
  2591  # your .vimrc
  3749  # your .vimrc
  2592 -vimdiff = gvim \-f \(aq+next\(aq \(aq+execute "DirDiff" argv(0) argv(1)\(aq
  3750  vimdiff = gvim \-f "+next" \e
  2593 -.ft P
  3751 -          "+execute \(aqDirDiff\(aq fnameescape(argv(0)) fnameescape(argv(1))"
  2594 +vimdiff = gvim \-f '+next' '+execute "DirDiff" argv(0) argv(1)'
  3752 -.ft P
       
  3753 +          "+execute 'DirDiff' fnameescape(argv(0)) fnameescape(argv(1))"
  2595 +.ft
  3754 +.ft
  2596  .fi
  3755  .fi
  2597  .sp
  3756  .sp
  2598  Tool arguments can include variables that are expanded at runtime:
  3757  Tool arguments can include variables that are expanded at runtime:
  2599  .sp
  3758  .sp
  2601 -.ft C
  3760 -.ft C
  2602 +.ft
  3761 +.ft
  2603  $parent1, $plabel1 \- filename, descriptive label of first parent
  3762  $parent1, $plabel1 \- filename, descriptive label of first parent
  2604  $child,   $clabel  \- filename, descriptive label of child revision
  3763  $child,   $clabel  \- filename, descriptive label of child revision
  2605  $parent2, $plabel2 \- filename, descriptive label of second parent
  3764  $parent2, $plabel2 \- filename, descriptive label of second parent
       
  3765  $root              \- repository root
  2606  $parent is an alias for $parent1.
  3766  $parent is an alias for $parent1.
  2607 -.ft P
  3767 -.ft P
  2608 +.ft
  3768 +.ft
  2609  .fi
  3769  .fi
  2610  .sp
  3770  .sp
  2611  The extdiff extension will look in your [diff\-tools] and [merge\-tools]
  3771  The extdiff extension will look in your [diff\-tools] and [merge\-tools]
  2612 @@ -5997,17 +5971,17 @@
  3772 @@ -7756,17 +7746,17 @@
  2613  sections for diff tool arguments, when none are specified in [extdiff].
  3773  sections for diff tool arguments, when none are specified in [extdiff].
  2614  .sp
  3774  .sp
  2615  .nf
  3775  .nf
  2616 -.ft C
  3776 -.ft C
  2617 +.ft
  3777 +.ft
  2629 -\%\fBhg diff\fP\: command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only
  3789 -\%\fBhg diff\fP\: command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only
  2630 +\fBhg diff\fP command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only
  3790 +\fBhg diff\fP command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only
  2631  needed files, so running the external diff program will actually be
  3791  needed files, so running the external diff program will actually be
  2632  pretty fast (at least faster than having to compare the entire tree).
  3792  pretty fast (at least faster than having to compare the entire tree).
  2633  .SS Commands
  3793  .SS Commands
  2634 @@ -6014,9 +5988,9 @@
  3794 @@ -7773,9 +7763,9 @@
  2635  .SS extdiff
  3795  .SS extdiff
  2636  .sp
  3796  .sp
  2637  .nf
  3797  .nf
  2638 -.ft C
  3798 -.ft C
  2639 +.ft
  3799 +.ft
  2641 -.ft P
  3801 -.ft P
  2642 +.ft
  3802 +.ft
  2643  .fi
  3803  .fi
  2644  .sp
  3804  .sp
  2645  Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using
  3805  Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using
  2646 @@ -6068,9 +6042,9 @@
  3806 @@ -7833,9 +7823,9 @@
       
  3807  By default, keys are specified as:
       
  3808  .sp
       
  3809  .nf
       
  3810 -.ft C
       
  3811 +.ft
       
  3812  proto=pass service=hg prefix=<prefix> user=<username> !password=<password>
       
  3813 -.ft P
       
  3814 +.ft
       
  3815  .fi
       
  3816  .sp
       
  3817  If the factotum extension is unable to read the required key, one will be
       
  3818 @@ -7845,12 +7835,12 @@
       
  3819  default, these entries are:
       
  3820  .sp
       
  3821  .nf
       
  3822 -.ft C
       
  3823 +.ft
       
  3824  [factotum]
       
  3825  executable = /bin/auth/factotum
       
  3826  mountpoint = /mnt/factotum
       
  3827  service = hg
       
  3828 -.ft P
       
  3829 +.ft
       
  3830  .fi
       
  3831  .sp
       
  3832  The executable entry defines the full path to the factotum binary. The
       
  3833 @@ -7863,9 +7853,9 @@
  2647  .SS fetch
  3834  .SS fetch
  2648  .sp
  3835  .sp
  2649  .nf
  3836  .nf
  2650 -.ft C
  3837 -.ft C
  2651 +.ft
  3838 +.ft
  2653 -.ft P
  3840 -.ft P
  2654 +.ft
  3841 +.ft
  2655  .fi
  3842  .fi
  2656  .sp
  3843  .sp
  2657  This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path
  3844  This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path
  2658 @@ -6086,7 +6060,7 @@
  3845 @@ -7880,7 +7870,7 @@
  2659  parent, with local changes as the second. To switch the merge
  3846  the newly pulled changes. Local changes are then merged into the
  2660  order, use \-\-switch\-parent.
  3847  pulled changes. To switch the merge order, use \-\-switch\-parent.
  2661  .sp
  3848  .sp
  2662 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  3849 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  2663 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  3850 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  2664  .sp
  3851  .sp
  2665  Returns 0 on success.
  3852  Returns 0 on success.
  2666  .sp
  3853  .sp
  2667 @@ -6144,9 +6118,9 @@
  3854 @@ -7938,9 +7928,9 @@
  2668  .SS sigcheck
  3855  .SS sigcheck
  2669  .sp
  3856  .sp
  2670  .nf
  3857  .nf
  2671 -.ft C
  3858 -.ft C
  2672 +.ft
  3859 +.ft
  2674 -.ft P
  3861 -.ft P
  2675 +.ft
  3862 +.ft
  2676  .fi
  3863  .fi
  2677  .sp
  3864  .sp
  2678  verify all the signatures there may be for a particular revision
  3865  verify all the signatures there may be for a particular revision
  2679 @@ -6153,15 +6127,15 @@
  3866 @@ -7947,15 +7937,15 @@
  2680  .SS sign
  3867  .SS sign
  2681  .sp
  3868  .sp
  2682  .nf
  3869  .nf
  2683 -.ft C
  3870 -.ft C
  2684 +.ft
  3871 +.ft
  2693 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  3880 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  2694 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  3881 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  2695  .sp
  3882  .sp
  2696  Options:
  3883  Options:
  2697  .INDENT 0.0
  3884  .INDENT 0.0
  2698 @@ -6197,9 +6171,9 @@
  3885 @@ -7991,9 +7981,9 @@
  2699  .SS sigs
  3886  .SS sigs
  2700  .sp
  3887  .sp
  2701  .nf
  3888  .nf
  2702 -.ft C
  3889 -.ft C
  2703 +.ft
  3890 +.ft
  2705 -.ft P
  3892 -.ft P
  2706 +.ft
  3893 +.ft
  2707  .fi
  3894  .fi
  2708  .sp
  3895  .sp
  2709  list signed changesets
  3896  list signed changesets
  2710 @@ -6214,9 +6188,9 @@
  3897 @@ -8008,9 +7998,9 @@
  2711  .SS glog
  3898  .SS glog
  2712  .sp
  3899  .sp
  2713  .nf
  3900  .nf
  2714 -.ft C
  3901 -.ft C
  2715 +.ft
  3902 +.ft
  2717 -.ft P
  3904 -.ft P
  2718 +.ft
  3905 +.ft
  2719  .fi
  3906  .fi
  2720  .sp
  3907  .sp
  2721  Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with
  3908  Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with
  2722 @@ -6256,7 +6230,7 @@
  3909 @@ -8118,7 +8108,7 @@
  2723  configure it, set the following options in your hgrc:
  3910  configure it, set the following options in your hgrc:
  2724  .sp
  3911  .sp
  2725  .nf
  3912  .nf
  2726 -.ft C
  3913 -.ft C
  2727 +.ft
  3914 +.ft
  2728  [cia]
  3915  [cia]
  2729  # your registered CIA user name
  3916  # your registered CIA user name
  2730  user = foo
  3917  user = foo
  2731 @@ -6286,7 +6260,7 @@
  3918 @@ -8150,7 +8140,7 @@
  2732  [web]
  3919  [web]
  2733  # If you want hyperlinks (optional)
  3920  # If you want hyperlinks (optional)
  2734  baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo
  3921  baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo
  2735 -.ft P
  3922 -.ft P
  2736 +.ft
  3923 +.ft
  2737  .fi
  3924  .fi
  2738  .SS hgk
  3925  .SS hgk
  2739  .sp
  3926  .sp
  2740 @@ -6302,15 +6276,15 @@
  3927 @@ -8162,19 +8152,17 @@
  2741  the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext
  3928  .sp
  2742  repository, and needs to be enabled.
  3929  hgk consists of two parts: a Tcl script that does the displaying and
       
  3930  querying of information, and an extension to Mercurial named hgk.py,
       
  3931 -which provides hooks for hgk to get information. hgk can be found in
       
  3932 -the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext
       
  3933 -repository, and needs to be enabled.
       
  3934 +which provides hooks for hgk to get information.
  2743  .sp
  3935  .sp
  2744 -The \%\fBhg view\fP\: command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command
  3936 -The \%\fBhg view\fP\: command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command
  2745 +The \fBhg view\fP command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command
  3937 -to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify
  2746  to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify
  3938 -the path to hgk in your configuration file:
  2747  the path to hgk in your configuration file:
  3939 +The \fBhg view\fP command will launch the hgk Tcl script. The script is
       
  3940 +shipped in /usr/demo/mercurial, and hgk needs no configuration to find it.
       
  3941 +You can specify the path to an alternate hgk in your configuration file:
  2748  .sp
  3942  .sp
  2749  .nf
  3943  .nf
  2750 -.ft C
  3944 -.ft C
  2751 +.ft
  3945 +.ft
  2752  [hgk]
  3946  [hgk]
  2754 -.ft P
  3948 -.ft P
  2755 +.ft
  3949 +.ft
  2756  .fi
  3950  .fi
  2757  .sp
  3951  .sp
  2758  hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.
  3952  hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.
  2759 @@ -6317,10 +6291,10 @@
  3953 @@ -8181,10 +8169,10 @@
  2760  Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add:
  3954  Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add:
  2761  .sp
  3955  .sp
  2762  .nf
  3956  .nf
  2763 -.ft C
  3957 -.ft C
  2764 +.ft
  3958 +.ft
  2767 -.ft P
  3961 -.ft P
  2768 +.ft
  3962 +.ft
  2769  .fi
  3963  .fi
  2770  .sp
  3964  .sp
  2771  Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire
  3965  Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire
  2772 @@ -6329,9 +6303,9 @@
  3966 @@ -8193,9 +8181,9 @@
  2773  .SS view
  3967  .SS view
  2774  .sp
  3968  .sp
  2775  .nf
  3969  .nf
  2776 -.ft C
  3970 -.ft C
  2777 +.ft
  3971 +.ft
  2779 -.ft P
  3973 -.ft P
  2780 +.ft
  3974 +.ft
  2781  .fi
  3975  .fi
  2782  .sp
  3976  .sp
  2783  start interactive history viewer
  3977  start interactive history viewer
  2784 @@ -6348,28 +6322,28 @@
  3978 @@ -8212,28 +8200,28 @@
  2785  syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)
  3979  syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)
  2786  .sp
  3980  .sp
  2787  It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:
  3981  It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:
  2788 -\%http://pygments.org/\:
  3982 -\%http://pygments.org/\:
  2789 +http://pygments.org/
  3983 +http://pygments.org/
  2815 -.ft P
  4009 -.ft P
  2816 +.ft
  4010 +.ft
  2817  .fi
  4011  .fi
  2818  .sp
  4012  .sp
  2819  start an inotify server for this repository
  4013  start an inotify server for this repository
  2820 @@ -6405,12 +6379,12 @@
  4014 @@ -8269,12 +8257,12 @@
  2821  in your hgrc:
  4015  in your hgrc:
  2822  .sp
  4016  .sp
  2823  .nf
  4017  .nf
  2824 -.ft C
  4018 -.ft C
  2825 +.ft
  4019 +.ft
  2830 -.ft P
  4024 -.ft P
  2831 +.ft
  4025 +.ft
  2832  .fi
  4026  .fi
  2833  .SS keyword
  4027  .SS keyword
  2834  .sp
  4028  .sp
  2835 @@ -6432,7 +6406,7 @@
  4029 @@ -8296,7 +8284,7 @@
  2836  Example:
  4030  Example:
  2837  .sp
  4031  .sp
  2838  .nf
  4032  .nf
  2839 -.ft C
  4033 -.ft C
  2840 +.ft
  4034 +.ft
  2841  [keyword]
  4035  [keyword]
  2842  # expand keywords in every python file except those matching "x*"
  4036  # expand keywords in every python file except those matching "x*"
  2843  **.py =
  4037  **.py =
  2844 @@ -6441,7 +6415,7 @@
  4038 @@ -8305,8 +8293,9 @@
  2845  [keywordset]
  4039  [keywordset]
  2846  # prefer svn\- over cvs\-like default keywordmaps
  4040  # prefer svn\- over cvs\-like default keywordmaps
  2847  svn = True
  4041  svn = True
  2848 -.ft P
  4042 -.ft P
  2849 +.ft
  4043 +.ft
  2850  .fi
  4044  .fi
       
  4045 +.RS 0
  2851  .IP Note
  4046  .IP Note
  2852  .
  4047  .
  2853 @@ -6450,39 +6424,39 @@
  4048  The more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you
       
  4049 @@ -8314,7 +8303,7 @@
  2854  .RE
  4050  .RE
  2855  .sp
  4051  .sp
  2856  For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and
  4052  For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and
  2857 -control run \%\fBhg kwdemo\fP\:. See \%\fBhg help templates\fP\: for a list of
  4053 -control run \%\fBhg kwdemo\fP\:. See \%\fBhg help templates\fP\: for a list of
  2858 +control run \fBhg kwdemo\fP. See \fBhg help templates\fP for a list of
  4054 +control run \fBhg kwdemo\fP. See \fBhg help templates\fP for a list of
  2859  available templates and filters.
  4055  available templates and filters.
  2860  .sp
  4056  .sp
  2861  Three additional date template filters are provided:
  4057  Three additional date template filters are provided:
  2862  .sp
  4058 @@ -8333,26 +8322,26 @@
  2863  .nf
  4059  "2006\-09\-18 08:13:13 \-700 (Mon, 18 Sep 2006)"
  2864 -.ft C
  4060  .UNINDENT
  2865 +.ft
       
  2866  utcdate      "2006/09/18 15:13:13"
       
  2867  svnutcdate   "2006\-09\-18 15:13:13Z"
       
  2868  svnisodate   "2006\-09\-18 08:13:13 \-700 (Mon, 18 Sep 2006)"
       
  2869 -.ft P
       
  2870 +.ft
       
  2871  .fi
       
  2872  .sp
  4061  .sp
  2873 -The default template mappings (view with \%\fBhg kwdemo \-d\fP\:) can be
  4062 -The default template mappings (view with \%\fBhg kwdemo \-d\fP\:) can be
  2874 +The default template mappings (view with \fBhg kwdemo \-d\fP) can be
  4063 +The default template mappings (view with \fBhg kwdemo \-d\fP) can be
  2875  replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run
  4064  replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run
  2876 -\%\fBhg kwdemo\fP\: to control the results of your configuration changes.
  4065 -\%\fBhg kwdemo\fP\: to control the results of your configuration changes.
  2898 -.ft P
  4087 -.ft P
  2899 +.ft
  4088 +.ft
  2900  .fi
  4089  .fi
  2901  .sp
  4090  .sp
  2902  Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their
  4091  Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their
  2903 @@ -6493,7 +6467,7 @@
  4092 @@ -8363,7 +8352,7 @@
  2904  .sp
  4093  .sp
  2905  Use \-d/\-\-default to disable current configuration.
  4094  Use \-d/\-\-default to disable current configuration.
  2906  .sp
  4095  .sp
  2907 -See \%\fBhg help templates\fP\: for information on templates and filters.
  4096 -See \%\fBhg help templates\fP\: for information on templates and filters.
  2908 +See \fBhg help templates\fP for information on templates and filters.
  4097 +See \fBhg help templates\fP for information on templates and filters.
  2909  .sp
  4098  .sp
  2910  Options:
  4099  Options:
  2911  .INDENT 0.0
  4100  .INDENT 0.0
  2912 @@ -6509,9 +6483,9 @@
  4101 @@ -8379,9 +8368,9 @@
  2913  .SS kwexpand
  4102  .SS kwexpand
  2914  .sp
  4103  .sp
  2915  .nf
  4104  .nf
  2916 -.ft C
  4105 -.ft C
  2917 +.ft
  4106 +.ft
  2919 -.ft P
  4108 -.ft P
  2920 +.ft
  4109 +.ft
  2921  .fi
  4110  .fi
  2922  .sp
  4111  .sp
  2923  Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion.
  4112  Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion.
  2924 @@ -6532,9 +6506,9 @@
  4113 @@ -8402,9 +8391,9 @@
  2925  .SS kwfiles
  4114  .SS kwfiles
  2926  .sp
  4115  .sp
  2927  .nf
  4116  .nf
  2928 -.ft C
  4117 -.ft C
  2929 +.ft
  4118 +.ft
  2931 -.ft P
  4120 -.ft P
  2932 +.ft
  4121 +.ft
  2933  .fi
  4122  .fi
  2934  .sp
  4123  .sp
  2935  List which files in the working directory are matched by the
  4124  List which files in the working directory are matched by the
  2936 @@ -6544,7 +6518,7 @@
  4125 @@ -8414,7 +8403,7 @@
  2937  execution by including only files that are actual candidates for
  4126  execution by including only files that are actual candidates for
  2938  expansion.
  4127  expansion.
  2939  .sp
  4128  .sp
  2940 -See \%\fBhg help keyword\fP\: on how to construct patterns both for
  4129 -See \%\fBhg help keyword\fP\: on how to construct patterns both for
  2941 +See \fBhg help keyword\fP on how to construct patterns both for
  4130 +See \fBhg help keyword\fP on how to construct patterns both for
  2942  inclusion and exclusion of files.
  4131  inclusion and exclusion of files.
  2943  .sp
  4132  .sp
  2944  With \-A/\-\-all and \-v/\-\-verbose the codes used to show the status
  4133  With \-A/\-\-all and \-v/\-\-verbose the codes used to show the status
  2945 @@ -6551,12 +6525,12 @@
  4134 @@ -8421,12 +8410,12 @@
  2946  of files are:
  4135  of files are:
  2947  .sp
  4136  .sp
  2948  .nf
  4137  .nf
  2949 -.ft C
  4138 -.ft C
  2950 +.ft
  4139 +.ft
  2955 -.ft P
  4144 -.ft P
  2956 +.ft
  4145 +.ft
  2957  .fi
  4146  .fi
  2958  .sp
  4147  .sp
  2959  Options:
  4148  Options:
  2960 @@ -6585,9 +6559,9 @@
  4149 @@ -8455,9 +8444,9 @@
  2961  .SS kwshrink
  4150  .SS kwshrink
  2962  .sp
  4151  .sp
  2963  .nf
  4152  .nf
  2964 -.ft C
  4153 -.ft C
  2965 +.ft
  4154 +.ft
  2967 -.ft P
  4156 -.ft P
  2968 +.ft
  4157 +.ft
  2969  .fi
  4158  .fi
  2970  .sp
  4159  .sp
  2971  Must be run before changing/disabling active keywords.
  4160  Must be run before changing/disabling active keywords.
  2972 @@ -6616,10 +6590,10 @@
  4161 @@ -8481,10 +8470,10 @@
       
  4162  .sp
       
  4163  Large binary files tend to be not very compressible, not very
       
  4164  diffable, and not at all mergeable. Such files are not handled
       
  4165 -efficiently by Mercurial\(aqs storage format (revlog), which is based on
       
  4166 +efficiently by Mercurial's storage format (revlog), which is based on
       
  4167  compressed binary deltas; storing large binary files as regular
       
  4168  Mercurial files wastes bandwidth and disk space and increases
       
  4169 -Mercurial\(aqs memory usage. The largefiles extension addresses these
       
  4170 +Mercurial's memory usage. The largefiles extension addresses these
       
  4171  problems by adding a centralized client\-server layer on top of
       
  4172  Mercurial: largefiles live in a \fIcentral store\fP out on the network
       
  4173  somewhere, and you only fetch the revisions that you need when you
       
  4174 @@ -8496,18 +8485,18 @@
       
  4175  identified by the SHA\-1 hash of their contents, which is written to
       
  4176  the standin. largefiles uses that revision ID to get/put largefile
       
  4177  revisions from/to the central store. This saves both disk space and
       
  4178 -bandwidth, since you don\(aqt need to retrieve all historical revisions
       
  4179 +bandwidth, since you don't need to retrieve all historical revisions
       
  4180  of large files when you clone or pull.
       
  4181  .sp
       
  4182  To start a new repository or add new large binary files, just add
       
  4183 -\-\-large to your \%\fBhg add\fP\: command. For example:
       
  4184 +\-\-large to your \fBhg add\fP command. For example:
       
  4185  .sp
       
  4186  .nf
       
  4187 -.ft C
       
  4188 +.ft
       
  4189  $ dd if=/dev/urandom of=randomdata count=2000
       
  4190  $ hg add \-\-large randomdata
       
  4191 -$ hg commit \-m \(aqadd randomdata as a largefile\(aq
       
  4192 -.ft P
       
  4193 +$ hg commit \-m 'add randomdata as a largefile'
       
  4194 +.ft
       
  4195  .fi
       
  4196  .sp
       
  4197  When you push a changeset that adds/modifies largefiles to a remote
       
  4198 @@ -8525,12 +8514,12 @@
       
  4199  If you already have large files tracked by Mercurial without the
       
  4200  largefiles extension, you will need to convert your repository in
       
  4201  order to benefit from largefiles. This is done with the
       
  4202 -\%\fBhg lfconvert\fP\: command:
       
  4203 +\fBhg lfconvert\fP command:
       
  4204  .sp
       
  4205  .nf
       
  4206 -.ft C
       
  4207 +.ft
       
  4208  $ hg lfconvert \-\-size 10 oldrepo newrepo
       
  4209 -.ft P
       
  4210 +.ft
       
  4211  .fi
       
  4212  .sp
       
  4213  In repositories that already have largefiles in them, any new file
       
  4214 @@ -8540,20 +8529,20 @@
       
  4215  \-\-lfsize option to the add command (also in megabytes):
       
  4216  .sp
       
  4217  .nf
       
  4218 -.ft C
       
  4219 +.ft
       
  4220  [largefiles]
       
  4221  minsize = 2
       
  4222  
       
  4223  $ hg add \-\-lfsize 2
       
  4224 -.ft P
       
  4225 +.ft
       
  4226  .fi
       
  4227  .sp
       
  4228  The \fBlargefiles.patterns\fP config option allows you to specify a list
       
  4229 -of filename patterns (see \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\:) that should always be
       
  4230 +of filename patterns (see \fBhg help patterns\fP) that should always be
       
  4231  tracked as largefiles:
       
  4232  .sp
       
  4233  .nf
       
  4234 -.ft C
       
  4235 +.ft
       
  4236  [largefiles]
       
  4237  patterns =
       
  4238    *.jpg
       
  4239 @@ -8560,7 +8549,7 @@
       
  4240    re:.*\e.(png|bmp)$
       
  4241    library.zip
       
  4242    content/audio/*
       
  4243 -.ft P
       
  4244 +.ft
       
  4245  .fi
       
  4246  .sp
       
  4247  Files that match one of these patterns will be added as largefiles
       
  4248 @@ -8569,15 +8558,15 @@
       
  4249  The \fBlargefiles.minsize\fP and \fBlargefiles.patterns\fP config options
       
  4250  will be ignored for any repositories not already containing a
       
  4251  largefile. To add the first largefile to a repository, you must
       
  4252 -explicitly do so with the \-\-large flag passed to the \%\fBhg add\fP\:
       
  4253 +explicitly do so with the \-\-large flag passed to the \fBhg add\fP
       
  4254  command.
       
  4255  .SS Commands
       
  4256  .SS lfconvert
       
  4257  .sp
       
  4258  .nf
       
  4259 -.ft C
       
  4260 +.ft
       
  4261  hg lfconvert SOURCE DEST [FILE ...]
       
  4262 -.ft P
       
  4263 +.ft
       
  4264  .fi
       
  4265  .sp
       
  4266  Convert repository SOURCE to a new repository DEST, identical to
       
  4267 @@ -8618,10 +8607,10 @@
  2973  Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches
  4268  Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches
  2974  directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.
  4269  directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.
  2975  .sp
  4270  .sp
  2976 -Common tasks (use \%\fBhg help command\fP\: for more details):
  4271 -Common tasks (use \%\fBhg help command\fP\: for more details):
  2977 +Common tasks (use \fBhg help command\fP for more details):
  4272 +Common tasks (use \fBhg help command\fP for more details):
  2980 -.ft C
  4275 -.ft C
  2981 +.ft
  4276 +.ft
  2982  create new patch                          qnew
  4277  create new patch                          qnew
  2983  import existing patch                     qimport
  4278  import existing patch                     qimport
  2984  
  4279  
  2985 @@ -6629,7 +6603,7 @@
  4280 @@ -8631,7 +8620,7 @@
  2986  add known patch to applied stack          qpush
  4281  add known patch to applied stack          qpush
  2987  remove patch from applied stack           qpop
  4282  remove patch from applied stack           qpop
  2988  refresh contents of top applied patch     qrefresh
  4283  refresh contents of top applied patch     qrefresh
  2989 -.ft P
  4284 -.ft P
  2990 +.ft
  4285 +.ft
  2991  .fi
  4286  .fi
  2992  .sp
  4287  .sp
  2993  By default, mq will automatically use git patches when required to
  4288  By default, mq will automatically use git patches when required to
  2994 @@ -6637,26 +6611,26 @@
  4289 @@ -8639,36 +8628,36 @@
  2995  files creations or deletions. This behaviour can be configured with:
  4290  files creations or deletions. This behaviour can be configured with:
  2996  .sp
  4291  .sp
  2997  .nf
  4292  .nf
  2998 -.ft C
  4293 -.ft C
  2999 +.ft
  4294 +.ft
  3006 -If set to \(aqkeep\(aq, mq will obey the [diff] section configuration while
  4301 -If set to \(aqkeep\(aq, mq will obey the [diff] section configuration while
  3007 -preserving existing git patches upon qrefresh. If set to \(aqyes\(aq or
  4302 -preserving existing git patches upon qrefresh. If set to \(aqyes\(aq or
  3008 -\(aqno\(aq, mq will override the [diff] section and always generate git or
  4303 -\(aqno\(aq, mq will override the [diff] section and always generate git or
  3009 +If set to 'keep', mq will obey the [diff] section configuration while
  4304 +If set to 'keep', mq will obey the [diff] section configuration while
  3010 +preserving existing git patches upon qrefresh. If set to 'yes' or
  4305 +preserving existing git patches upon qrefresh. If set to 'yes' or
  3011 +\'no', mq will override the [diff] section and always generate git or
  4306 +'no', mq will override the [diff] section and always generate git or
  3012  regular patches, possibly losing data in the second case.
  4307  regular patches, possibly losing data in the second case.
       
  4308  .sp
       
  4309  It may be desirable for mq changesets to be kept in the secret phase (see
       
  4310 -\%\fBhg help phases\fP\:), which can be enabled with the following setting:
       
  4311 +\fBhg help phases\fP), which can be enabled with the following setting:
       
  4312  .sp
       
  4313  .nf
       
  4314 -.ft C
       
  4315 +.ft
       
  4316  [mq]
       
  4317  secret = True
       
  4318 -.ft P
       
  4319 +.ft
       
  4320  .fi
  3013  .sp
  4321  .sp
  3014  You will by default be managing a patch queue named "patches". You can
  4322  You will by default be managing a patch queue named "patches". You can
  3015 -create other, independent patch queues with the \%\fBhg qqueue\fP\: command.
  4323 -create other, independent patch queues with the \%\fBhg qqueue\fP\: command.
  3016 +create other, independent patch queues with the \fBhg qqueue\fP command.
  4324 +create other, independent patch queues with the \fBhg qqueue\fP command.
  3017  .SS Commands
  4325  .SS Commands
  3024 -.ft P
  4332 -.ft P
  3025 +.ft
  4333 +.ft
  3026  .fi
  4334  .fi
  3027  .sp
  4335  .sp
  3028  Returns 0 on success.
  4336  Returns 0 on success.
  3029 @@ -6675,9 +6649,9 @@
  4337 @@ -8687,9 +8676,9 @@
  3030  .SS qclone
  4338  .SS qclone
  3031  .sp
  4339  .sp
  3032  .nf
  4340  .nf
  3033 -.ft C
  4341 -.ft C
  3034 +.ft
  4342 +.ft
  3036 -.ft P
  4344 -.ft P
  3037 +.ft
  4345 +.ft
  3038  .fi
  4346  .fi
  3039  .sp
  4347  .sp
  3040  If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If
  4348  If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If
  3041 @@ -6690,7 +6664,7 @@
  4349 @@ -8702,7 +8691,7 @@
  3042  default. Use \-p <url> to change.
  4350  default. Use \-p <url> to change.
  3043  .sp
  4351  .sp
  3044  The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as
  4352  The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as
  3045 -would be created by \%\fBhg init \-\-mq\fP\:.
  4353 -would be created by \%\fBhg init \-\-mq\fP\:.
  3046 +would be created by \fBhg init \-\-mq\fP.
  4354 +would be created by \fBhg init \-\-mq\fP.
  3047  .sp
  4355  .sp
  3048  Return 0 on success.
  4356  Return 0 on success.
  3049  .sp
  4357  .sp
  3050 @@ -6728,12 +6702,12 @@
  4358 @@ -8740,12 +8729,12 @@
  3051  .SS qcommit
  4359  .SS qcommit
  3052  .sp
  4360  .sp
  3053  .nf
  4361  .nf
  3054 -.ft C
  4362 -.ft C
  3055 +.ft
  4363 +.ft
  3061 -This command is deprecated; use \%\fBhg commit \-\-mq\fP\: instead.
  4369 -This command is deprecated; use \%\fBhg commit \-\-mq\fP\: instead.
  3062 +This command is deprecated; use \fBhg commit \-\-mq\fP instead.
  4370 +This command is deprecated; use \fBhg commit \-\-mq\fP instead.
  3063  .sp
  4371  .sp
  3064  Options:
  4372  Options:
  3065  .INDENT 0.0
  4373  .INDENT 0.0
  3066 @@ -6775,9 +6749,9 @@
  4374 @@ -8795,9 +8784,9 @@
  3067  .SS qdelete
  4375  .SS qdelete
  3068  .sp
  4376  .sp
  3069  .nf
  4377  .nf
  3070 -.ft C
  4378 -.ft C
  3071 +.ft
  4379 +.ft
  3072  hg qdelete [\-k] [PATCH]...
  4380  hg qdelete [\-k] [PATCH]...
  3073 -.ft P
  4381 -.ft P
  3074 +.ft
  4382 +.ft
  3075  .fi
  4383  .fi
  3076  .sp
  4384  .sp
  3077  The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. With
  4385  The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. Exact
  3078 @@ -6784,7 +6758,7 @@
  4386 @@ -8805,7 +8794,7 @@
  3079  \-k/\-\-keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory.
  4387  preserved in the patch directory.
  3080  .sp
  4388  .sp
  3081  To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,
  4389  To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,
  3082 -use the \%\fBhg qfinish\fP\: command.
  4390 -use the \%\fBhg qfinish\fP\: command.
  3083 +use the \fBhg qfinish\fP command.
  4391 +use the \fBhg qfinish\fP command.
  3084  .sp
  4392  .sp
  3085  Options:
  4393  Options:
  3086  .INDENT 0.0
  4394  .INDENT 0.0
  3087 @@ -6802,9 +6776,9 @@
  4395 @@ -8823,9 +8812,9 @@
  3088  .SS qdiff
  4396  .SS qdiff
  3089  .sp
  4397  .sp
  3090  .nf
  4398  .nf
  3091 -.ft C
  4399 -.ft C
  3092 +.ft
  4400 +.ft
  3094 -.ft P
  4402 -.ft P
  3095 +.ft
  4403 +.ft
  3096  .fi
  4404  .fi
  3097  .sp
  4405  .sp
  3098  Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any
  4406  Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any
  3099 @@ -6812,8 +6786,8 @@
  4407 @@ -8833,8 +8822,8 @@
  3100  last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become
  4408  last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become
  3101  after a qrefresh).
  4409  after a qrefresh).
  3102  .sp
  4410  .sp
  3103 -Use \%\fBhg diff\fP\: if you only want to see the changes made since the
  4411 -Use \%\fBhg diff\fP\: if you only want to see the changes made since the
  3104 -last qrefresh, or \%\fBhg export qtip\fP\: if you want to see changes
  4412 -last qrefresh, or \%\fBhg export qtip\fP\: if you want to see changes
  3105 +Use \fBhg diff\fP if you only want to see the changes made since the
  4413 +Use \fBhg diff\fP if you only want to see the changes made since the
  3106 +last qrefresh, or \fBhg export qtip\fP if you want to see changes
  4414 +last qrefresh, or \fBhg export qtip\fP if you want to see changes
  3107  made by the current patch without including changes made since the
  4415  made by the current patch without including changes made since the
  3108  qrefresh.
  4416  qrefresh.
  3109  .sp
  4417  .sp
  3110 @@ -6873,9 +6847,9 @@
  4418 @@ -8894,9 +8883,9 @@
  3111  .SS qfinish
  4419  .SS qfinish
  3112  .sp
  4420  .sp
  3113  .nf
  4421  .nf
  3114 -.ft C
  4422 -.ft C
  3115 +.ft
  4423 +.ft
  3117 -.ft P
  4425 -.ft P
  3118 +.ft
  4426 +.ft
  3119  .fi
  4427  .fi
  3120  .sp
  4428  .sp
  3121  Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied
  4429  Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied
  3122 @@ -6903,9 +6877,9 @@
  4430 @@ -8924,9 +8913,9 @@
  3123  .SS qfold
  4431  .SS qfold
  3124  .sp
  4432  .sp
  3125  .nf
  4433  .nf
  3126 -.ft C
  4434 -.ft C
  3127 +.ft
  4435 +.ft
  3129 -.ft P
  4437 -.ft P
  3130 +.ft
  4438 +.ft
  3131  .fi
  4439  .fi
  3132  .sp
  4440  .sp
  3133  Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively
  4441  Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively
  3134 @@ -6942,9 +6916,9 @@
  4442 @@ -8963,9 +8952,9 @@
  3135  .SS qgoto
  4443  .SS qgoto
  3136  .sp
  4444  .sp
  3137  .nf
  4445  .nf
  3138 -.ft C
  4446 -.ft C
  3139 +.ft
  4447 +.ft
  3141 -.ft P
  4449 -.ft P
  3142 +.ft
  4450 +.ft
  3143  .fi
  4451  .fi
  3144  .sp
  4452  .sp
  3145  Returns 0 on success.
  4453  Returns 0 on success.
  3146 @@ -6959,15 +6933,15 @@
  4454 @@ -8980,30 +8969,31 @@
  3147  .SS qguard
  4455  .SS qguard
  3148  .sp
  4456  .sp
  3149  .nf
  4457  .nf
  3150 -.ft C
  4458 -.ft C
  3151 +.ft
  4459 +.ft
  3161 +pushed only if the \fBhg qselect\fP command has activated it. A patch with
  4469 +pushed only if the \fBhg qselect\fP command has activated it. A patch with
  3162 +a negative guard ("\-foo") is never pushed if the \fBhg qselect\fP command
  4470 +a negative guard ("\-foo") is never pushed if the \fBhg qselect\fP command
  3163  has activated it.
  4471  has activated it.
  3164  .sp
  4472  .sp
  3165  With no arguments, print the currently active guards.
  4473  With no arguments, print the currently active guards.
  3166 @@ -6974,15 +6948,15 @@
       
  3167  With arguments, set guards for the named patch.
  4474  With arguments, set guards for the named patch.
       
  4475 +.RS 0
  3168  .IP Note
  4476  .IP Note
  3169  .
  4477  .
  3170 -Specifying negative guards now requires \(aq\-\-\(aq.
  4478 -Specifying negative guards now requires \(aq\-\-\(aq.
  3171 +Specifying negative guards now requires '\-\-'.
  4479 +Specifying negative guards now requires '\-\-'.
  3172  .RE
  4480  .RE
  3180 -.ft P
  4488 -.ft P
  3181 +.ft
  4489 +.ft
  3182  .fi
  4490  .fi
  3183  .sp
  4491  .sp
  3184  Returns 0 on success.
  4492  Returns 0 on success.
  3185 @@ -7001,9 +6975,9 @@
  4493 @@ -9022,9 +9012,9 @@
  3186  .SS qheader
  4494  .SS qheader
  3187  .sp
  4495  .sp
  3188  .nf
  4496  .nf
  3189 -.ft C
  4497 -.ft C
  3190 +.ft
  4498 +.ft
  3192 -.ft P
  4500 -.ft P
  3193 +.ft
  4501 +.ft
  3194  .fi
  4502  .fi
  3195  .sp
  4503  .sp
  3196  Returns 0 on success.
  4504  Returns 0 on success.
  3197 @@ -7010,9 +6984,9 @@
  4505 @@ -9031,9 +9021,9 @@
  3198  .SS qimport
  4506  .SS qimport
  3199  .sp
  4507  .sp
  3200  .nf
  4508  .nf
  3201 -.ft C
  4509 -.ft C
  3202 +.ft
  4510 +.ft
  3204 -.ft P
  4512 -.ft P
  3205 +.ft
  4513 +.ft
  3206  .fi
  4514  .fi
  3207  .sp
  4515  .sp
  3208  The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied
  4516  The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied
  3209 @@ -7042,9 +7016,9 @@
  4517 @@ -9054,7 +9044,7 @@
       
  4518  With \-g/\-\-git, patches imported with \-\-rev will use the git diff
       
  4519  format. See the diffs help topic for information on why this is
       
  4520  important for preserving rename/copy information and permission
       
  4521 -changes. Use \%\fBhg qfinish\fP\: to remove changesets from mq control.
       
  4522 +changes. Use \fBhg qfinish\fP to remove changesets from mq control.
       
  4523  .sp
       
  4524  To import a patch from standard input, pass \- as the patch file.
       
  4525  When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified
       
  4526 @@ -9063,9 +9053,9 @@
  3210  To import an existing patch while renaming it:
  4527  To import an existing patch while renaming it:
  3211  .sp
  4528  .sp
  3212  .nf
  4529  .nf
  3213 -.ft C
  4530 -.ft C
  3214 +.ft
  4531 +.ft
  3216 -.ft P
  4533 -.ft P
  3217 +.ft
  4534 +.ft
  3218  .fi
  4535  .fi
  3219  .sp
  4536  .sp
  3220  Returns 0 if import succeeded.
  4537  Returns 0 if import succeeded.
  3221 @@ -7079,9 +7053,9 @@
  4538 @@ -9100,9 +9090,9 @@
  3222  .SS qinit
  4539  .SS qinit
  3223  .sp
  4540  .sp
  3224  .nf
  4541  .nf
  3225 -.ft C
  4542 -.ft C
  3226 +.ft
  4543 +.ft
  3228 -.ft P
  4545 -.ft P
  3229 +.ft
  4546 +.ft
  3230  .fi
  4547  .fi
  3231  .sp
  4548  .sp
  3232  The queue repository is unversioned by default. If
  4549  The queue repository is unversioned by default. If
  3233 @@ -7090,8 +7064,8 @@
  4550 @@ -9111,8 +9101,8 @@
  3234  an unversioned patch repository into a versioned one). You can use
  4551  an unversioned patch repository into a versioned one). You can use
  3235  qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository.
  4552  qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository.
  3236  .sp
  4553  .sp
  3237 -This command is deprecated. Without \-c, it\(aqs implied by other relevant
  4554 -This command is deprecated. Without \-c, it\(aqs implied by other relevant
  3238 -commands. With \-c, use \%\fBhg init \-\-mq\fP\: instead.
  4555 -commands. With \-c, use \%\fBhg init \-\-mq\fP\: instead.
  3239 +This command is deprecated. Without \-c, it's implied by other relevant
  4556 +This command is deprecated. Without \-c, it's implied by other relevant
  3240 +commands. With \-c, use \fBhg init \-\-mq\fP instead.
  4557 +commands. With \-c, use \fBhg init \-\-mq\fP instead.
  3241  .sp
  4558  .sp
  3242  Options:
  4559  Options:
  3243  .INDENT 0.0
  4560  .INDENT 0.0
  3244 @@ -7103,9 +7077,9 @@
  4561 @@ -9124,9 +9114,9 @@
  3245  .SS qnew
  4562  .SS qnew
  3246  .sp
  4563  .sp
  3247  .nf
  4564  .nf
  3248 -.ft C
  4565 -.ft C
  3249 +.ft
  4566 +.ft
  3251 -.ft P
  4568 -.ft P
  3252 +.ft
  4569 +.ft
  3253  .fi
  4570  .fi
  3254  .sp
  4571  .sp
  3255  qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently\-applied patch (if
  4572  qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently\-applied patch (if
  3256 @@ -7121,7 +7095,7 @@
  4573 @@ -9142,7 +9132,7 @@
  3257  .sp
  4574  .sp
  3258  \-e/\-\-edit, \-m/\-\-message or \-l/\-\-logfile set the patch header as
  4575  \-e/\-\-edit, \-m/\-\-message or \-l/\-\-logfile set the patch header as
  3259  well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is
  4576  well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is
  3260 -empty and the commit message is \(aq[mq]: PATCH\(aq.
  4577 -empty and the commit message is \(aq[mq]: PATCH\(aq.
  3261 +empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'.
  4578 +empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'.
  3262  .sp
  4579  .sp
  3263  Use the \-g/\-\-git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff
  4580  Use the \-g/\-\-git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff
  3264  format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this
  4581  format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this
  3265 @@ -7180,9 +7154,9 @@
  4582 @@ -9201,9 +9191,9 @@
  3266  .SS qnext
  4583  .SS qnext
  3267  .sp
  4584  .sp
  3268  .nf
  4585  .nf
  3269 -.ft C
  4586 -.ft C
  3270 +.ft
  4587 +.ft
  3272 -.ft P
  4589 -.ft P
  3273 +.ft
  4590 +.ft
  3274  .fi
  4591  .fi
  3275  .sp
  4592  .sp
  3276  Returns 0 on success.
  4593  Returns 0 on success.
  3277 @@ -7197,9 +7171,9 @@
  4594 @@ -9218,9 +9208,9 @@
  3278  .SS qpop
  4595  .SS qpop
  3279  .sp
  4596  .sp
  3280  .nf
  4597  .nf
  3281 -.ft C
  4598 -.ft C
  3282 +.ft
  4599 +.ft
  3284 -.ft P
  4601 -.ft P
  3285 +.ft
  4602 +.ft
  3286  .fi
  4603  .fi
  3287  .sp
  4604  .sp
  3288  By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch
  4605  By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch
  3289 @@ -7226,9 +7200,9 @@
  4606 @@ -9247,9 +9237,9 @@
  3290  .SS qprev
  4607  .SS qprev
  3291  .sp
  4608  .sp
  3292  .nf
  4609  .nf
  3293 -.ft C
  4610 -.ft C
  3294 +.ft
  4611 +.ft
  3296 -.ft P
  4613 -.ft P
  3297 +.ft
  4614 +.ft
  3298  .fi
  4615  .fi
  3299  .sp
  4616  .sp
  3300  Returns 0 on success.
  4617  Returns 0 on success.
  3301 @@ -7243,9 +7217,9 @@
  4618 @@ -9264,9 +9254,9 @@
  3302  .SS qpush
  4619  .SS qpush
  3303  .sp
  4620  .sp
  3304  .nf
  4621  .nf
  3305 -.ft C
  4622 -.ft C
  3306 +.ft
  4623 +.ft
  3308 -.ft P
  4625 -.ft P
  3309 +.ft
  4626 +.ft
  3310  .fi
  4627  .fi
  3311  .sp
  4628  .sp
  3312  When \-f/\-\-force is applied, all local changes in patched files
  4629  When \-f/\-\-force is applied, all local changes in patched files
  3313 @@ -7287,9 +7261,9 @@
  4630 @@ -9308,9 +9298,9 @@
  3314  .SS qqueue
  4631  .SS qqueue
  3315  .sp
  4632  .sp
  3316  .nf
  4633  .nf
  3317 -.ft C
  4634 -.ft C
  3318 +.ft
  4635 +.ft
  3320 -.ft P
  4637 -.ft P
  3321 +.ft
  4638 +.ft
  3322  .fi
  4639  .fi
  3323  .sp
  4640  .sp
  3324  Supports switching between different patch queues, as well as creating
  4641  Supports switching between different patch queues, as well as creating
  3325 @@ -7335,9 +7309,9 @@
  4642 @@ -9361,9 +9351,9 @@
  3326  .SS qrefresh
  4643  .SS qrefresh
  3327  .sp
  4644  .sp
  3328  .nf
  4645  .nf
  3329 -.ft C
  4646 -.ft C
  3330 +.ft
  4647 +.ft
  3332 -.ft P
  4649 -.ft P
  3333 +.ft
  4650 +.ft
  3334  .fi
  4651  .fi
  3335  .sp
  4652  .sp
  3336  If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will
  4653  If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will
  3337 @@ -7408,9 +7382,9 @@
  4654 @@ -9434,9 +9424,9 @@
  3338  .SS qrename
  4655  .SS qrename
  3339  .sp
  4656  .sp
  3340  .nf
  4657  .nf
  3341 -.ft C
  4658 -.ft C
  3342 +.ft
  4659 +.ft
  3344 -.ft P
  4661 -.ft P
  3345 +.ft
  4662 +.ft
  3346  .fi
  4663  .fi
  3347  .sp
  4664  .sp
  3348  With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.
  4665  With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.
  3349 @@ -7426,12 +7400,12 @@
  4666 @@ -9452,12 +9442,12 @@
  3350  .SS qrestore
  4667  .SS qrestore
  3351  .sp
  4668  .sp
  3352  .nf
  4669  .nf
  3353 -.ft C
  4670 -.ft C
  3354 +.ft
  4671 +.ft
  3360 -This command is deprecated, use \%\fBhg rebase\fP\: instead.
  4677 -This command is deprecated, use \%\fBhg rebase\fP\: instead.
  3361 +This command is deprecated, use \fBhg rebase\fP instead.
  4678 +This command is deprecated, use \fBhg rebase\fP instead.
  3362  .sp
  4679  .sp
  3363  Options:
  4680  Options:
  3364  .INDENT 0.0
  4681  .INDENT 0.0
  3365 @@ -7447,12 +7421,12 @@
  4682 @@ -9473,12 +9463,12 @@
  3366  .SS qsave
  4683  .SS qsave
  3367  .sp
  4684  .sp
  3368  .nf
  4685  .nf
  3369 -.ft C
  4686 -.ft C
  3370 +.ft
  4687 +.ft
  3376 -This command is deprecated, use \%\fBhg rebase\fP\: instead.
  4693 -This command is deprecated, use \%\fBhg rebase\fP\: instead.
  3377 +This command is deprecated, use \fBhg rebase\fP instead.
  4694 +This command is deprecated, use \fBhg rebase\fP instead.
  3378  .sp
  4695  .sp
  3379  Options:
  4696  Options:
  3380  .INDENT 0.0
  4697  .INDENT 0.0
  3381 @@ -7484,12 +7458,12 @@
  4698 @@ -9510,12 +9500,12 @@
  3382  .SS qselect
  4699  .SS qselect
  3383  .sp
  4700  .sp
  3384  .nf
  4701  .nf
  3385 -.ft C
  4702 -.ft C
  3386 +.ft
  4703 +.ft
  3392 -Use the \%\fBhg qguard\fP\: command to set or print guards on patch, then use
  4709 -Use the \%\fBhg qguard\fP\: command to set or print guards on patch, then use
  3393 +Use the \fBhg qguard\fP command to set or print guards on patch, then use
  4710 +Use the \fBhg qguard\fP command to set or print guards on patch, then use
  3394  qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if
  4711  qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if
  3395  it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently
  4712  it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently
  3396  selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards
  4713  selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards
  3397 @@ -7496,11 +7470,11 @@
  4714 @@ -9522,11 +9512,11 @@
  3398  match the current guard. For example:
  4715  match the current guard. For example:
  3399  .sp
  4716  .sp
  3400  .nf
  4717  .nf
  3401 -.ft C
  4718 -.ft C
  3402 +.ft
  4719 +.ft
  3406 -.ft P
  4723 -.ft P
  3407 +.ft
  4724 +.ft
  3408  .fi
  4725  .fi
  3409  .sp
  4726  .sp
  3410  This activates the "stable" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because
  4727  This activates the "stable" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because
  3411 @@ -7547,9 +7521,9 @@
  4728 @@ -9573,9 +9563,9 @@
  3412  .SS qseries
  4729  .SS qseries
  3413  .sp
  4730  .sp
  3414  .nf
  4731  .nf
  3415 -.ft C
  4732 -.ft C
  3416 +.ft
  4733 +.ft
  3418 -.ft P
  4735 -.ft P
  3419 +.ft
  4736 +.ft
  3420  .fi
  4737  .fi
  3421  .sp
  4738  .sp
  3422  Returns 0 on success.
  4739  Returns 0 on success.
  3423 @@ -7568,9 +7542,9 @@
  4740 @@ -9594,9 +9584,9 @@
  3424  .SS qtop
  4741  .SS qtop
  3425  .sp
  4742  .sp
  3426  .nf
  4743  .nf
  3427 -.ft C
  4744 -.ft C
  3428 +.ft
  4745 +.ft
  3430 -.ft P
  4747 -.ft P
  3431 +.ft
  4748 +.ft
  3432  .fi
  4749  .fi
  3433  .sp
  4750  .sp
  3434  Returns 0 on success.
  4751  Returns 0 on success.
  3435 @@ -7585,9 +7559,9 @@
  4752 @@ -9611,9 +9601,9 @@
  3436  .SS qunapplied
  4753  .SS qunapplied
  3437  .sp
  4754  .sp
  3438  .nf
  4755  .nf
  3439 -.ft C
  4756 -.ft C
  3440 +.ft
  4757 +.ft
  3442 -.ft P
  4759 -.ft P
  3443 +.ft
  4760 +.ft
  3444  .fi
  4761  .fi
  3445  .sp
  4762  .sp
  3446  Returns 0 on success.
  4763  Returns 0 on success.
  3447 @@ -7606,9 +7580,9 @@
  4764 @@ -9632,9 +9622,9 @@
  3448  .SS strip
  4765  .SS strip
  3449  .sp
  4766  .sp
  3450  .nf
  4767  .nf
  3451 -.ft C
  4768 -.ft C
  3452 +.ft
  4769 +.ft
  3454 -.ft P
  4771 -.ft P
  3455 +.ft
  4772 +.ft
  3456  .fi
  4773  .fi
  3457  .sp
  4774  .sp
  3458  The strip command removes the specified changesets and all their
  4775  The strip command removes the specified changesets and all their
  3459 @@ -7621,8 +7595,8 @@
  4776 @@ -9648,8 +9638,8 @@
  3460  completes.
  4777  completes.
  3461  .sp
  4778  .sp
  3462  Any stripped changesets are stored in \fB.hg/strip\-backup\fP as a
  4779  Any stripped changesets are stored in \fB.hg/strip\-backup\fP as a
  3463 -bundle (see \%\fBhg help bundle\fP\: and \%\fBhg help unbundle\fP\:). They can
  4780 -bundle (see \%\fBhg help bundle\fP\: and \%\fBhg help unbundle\fP\:). They can
  3464 -be restored by running \%\fBhg unbundle .hg/strip\-backup/BUNDLE\fP\:,
  4781 -be restored by running \%\fBhg unbundle .hg/strip\-backup/BUNDLE\fP\:,
  3465 +bundle (see \fBhg help bundle\fP and \fBhg help unbundle\fP). They can
  4782 +bundle (see \fBhg help bundle\fP and \fBhg help unbundle\fP). They can
  3466 +be restored by running \fBhg unbundle .hg/strip\-backup/BUNDLE\fP,
  4783 +be restored by running \fBhg unbundle .hg/strip\-backup/BUNDLE\fP,
  3467  where BUNDLE is the bundle file created by the strip. Note that
  4784  where BUNDLE is the bundle file created by the strip. Note that
  3468  the local revision numbers will in general be different after the
  4785  the local revision numbers will in general be different after the
  3469  restore.
  4786  restore.
  3470 @@ -7666,7 +7640,7 @@
  4787 @@ -9697,13 +9687,13 @@
  3471  this:
  4788  This extension let you run hooks sending email notifications when
  3472  .sp
  4789  changesets are being pushed, from the sending or receiving side.
  3473  .nf
  4790  .sp
  3474 -.ft C
  4791 -First, enable the extension as explained in \%\fBhg help extensions\fP\:, and
  3475 +.ft
  4792 +First, enable the extension as explained in \fBhg help extensions\fP, and
  3476  [extensions]
  4793  register the hook you want to run. \fBincoming\fP and \fBchangegroup\fP hooks
  3477  notify =
  4794  are run by the changesets receiver while the \fBoutgoing\fP one is for
       
  4795  the sender:
       
  4796  .sp
       
  4797  .nf
       
  4798 -.ft C
       
  4799 +.ft
       
  4800  [hooks]
       
  4801  # one email for each incoming changeset
       
  4802  incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
       
  4803 @@ -9712,7 +9702,7 @@
  3478  
  4804  
  3479 @@ -7678,21 +7652,21 @@
  4805  # one email for all outgoing changesets
  3480  
  4806  outgoing.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
       
  4807 -.ft P
       
  4808 +.ft
       
  4809  .fi
       
  4810  .sp
       
  4811  Now the hooks are running, subscribers must be assigned to
       
  4812 @@ -9721,7 +9711,7 @@
       
  4813  repository:
       
  4814  .sp
       
  4815  .nf
       
  4816 -.ft C
       
  4817 +.ft
       
  4818  [usersubs]
       
  4819  # key is subscriber email, value is a comma\-separated list of glob
       
  4820  # patterns
       
  4821 @@ -9731,7 +9721,7 @@
       
  4822  # key is glob pattern, value is a comma\-separated list of subscriber
       
  4823  # emails
       
  4824  pattern = user@host
       
  4825 -.ft P
       
  4826 +.ft
       
  4827  .fi
       
  4828  .sp
       
  4829  Glob patterns are matched against absolute path to repository
       
  4830 @@ -9739,10 +9729,10 @@
       
  4831  referenced with:
       
  4832  .sp
       
  4833  .nf
       
  4834 -.ft C
       
  4835 +.ft
  3481  [notify]
  4836  [notify]
  3482  # config items go here
  4837  config = /path/to/subscriptionsfile
  3483 -.ft P
  4838 -.ft P
  3484 +.ft
  4839 +.ft
  3485  .fi
  4840  .fi
  3486  .sp
  4841  .sp
  3487  Required configuration items:
  4842  Alternatively, they can be added to Mercurial configuration files by
  3488  .sp
  4843 @@ -9764,7 +9754,7 @@
  3489  .nf
  4844  if it includes the incoming or outgoing changes source. Incoming
  3490 -.ft C
  4845  sources can be \fBserve\fP for changes coming from http or ssh,
  3491 +.ft
  4846  \fBpull\fP for pulled changes, \fBunbundle\fP for changes added by
  3492  config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions
  4847 -\%\fBhg unbundle\fP\: or \fBpush\fP for changes being pushed
  3493 -.ft P
  4848 +\fBhg unbundle\fP or \fBpush\fP for changes being pushed
  3494 +.ft
  4849  locally. Outgoing sources are the same except for \fBunbundle\fP which
  3495  .fi
  4850  is replaced by \fBbundle\fP. Default: serve.
  3496  .sp
  4851  .TP
  3497  Optional configuration items:
  4852 @@ -9848,10 +9838,10 @@
  3498  .sp
       
  3499  .nf
       
  3500 -.ft C
       
  3501 +.ft
       
  3502  test = True            # print messages to stdout for testing
       
  3503  strip = 3              # number of slashes to strip for url paths
       
  3504  domain = example.com   # domain to use if committer missing domain
       
  3505 @@ -7710,7 +7684,7 @@
       
  3506  from = [email protected]   # email address to send as if none given
       
  3507  [web]
       
  3508  baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits
       
  3509 -.ft P
       
  3510 +.ft
       
  3511  .fi
       
  3512  .sp
       
  3513  The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has
       
  3514 @@ -7718,7 +7692,7 @@
       
  3515  handier for you.
       
  3516  .sp
       
  3517  .nf
       
  3518 -.ft C
       
  3519 +.ft
       
  3520  [usersubs]
       
  3521  # key is subscriber email, value is ","\-separated list of glob patterns
       
  3522  user@host = pattern
       
  3523 @@ -7726,7 +7700,7 @@
       
  3524  [reposubs]
       
  3525  # key is glob pattern, value is ","\-separated list of subscriber emails
       
  3526  pattern = user@host
       
  3527 -.ft P
       
  3528 +.ft
       
  3529  .fi
       
  3530  .sp
       
  3531  Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.
       
  3532 @@ -7740,10 +7714,10 @@
       
  3533  To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable:
  4853  To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable:
  3534  .sp
  4854  .sp
  3535  .nf
  4855  .nf
  3536 -.ft C
  4856 -.ft C
  3537 +.ft
  4857 +.ft
  3540 -.ft P
  4860 -.ft P
  3541 +.ft
  4861 +.ft
  3542  .fi
  4862  .fi
  3543  .sp
  4863  .sp
  3544  If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable
  4864  If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable
  3545 @@ -7753,10 +7727,10 @@
  4865 @@ -9861,10 +9851,10 @@
  3546  setting:
  4866  setting:
  3547  .sp
  4867  .sp
  3548  .nf
  4868  .nf
  3549 -.ft C
  4869 -.ft C
  3550 +.ft
  4870 +.ft
  3553 -.ft P
  4873 -.ft P
  3554 +.ft
  4874 +.ft
  3555  .fi
  4875  .fi
  3556  .sp
  4876  .sp
  3557  You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the
  4877  You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the
  3558 @@ -7763,10 +7737,10 @@
  4878 @@ -9871,10 +9861,10 @@
  3559  pager.ignore list:
  4879  pager.ignore list:
  3560  .sp
  4880  .sp
  3561  .nf
  4881  .nf
  3562 -.ft C
  4882 -.ft C
  3563 +.ft
  4883 +.ft
  3566 -.ft P
  4886 -.ft P
  3567 +.ft
  4887 +.ft
  3568  .fi
  4888  .fi
  3569  .sp
  4889  .sp
  3570  You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using
  4890  You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using
  3571 @@ -7773,10 +7747,10 @@
  4891 @@ -9881,10 +9871,10 @@
  3572  pager.attend. Below is the default list of commands to be paged:
  4892  pager.attend. Below is the default list of commands to be paged:
  3573  .sp
  4893  .sp
  3574  .nf
  4894  .nf
  3575 -.ft C
  4895 -.ft C
  3576 +.ft
  4896 +.ft
  3579 -.ft P
  4899 -.ft P
  3580 +.ft
  4900 +.ft
  3581  .fi
  4901  .fi
  3582  .sp
  4902  .sp
  3583  Setting pager.attend to an empty value will cause all commands to be
  4903  Setting pager.attend to an empty value will cause all commands to be
  3584 @@ -7784,7 +7758,7 @@
  4904 @@ -9892,7 +9882,7 @@
  3585  .sp
  4905  .sp
  3586  If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored.
  4906  If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored.
  3587  .sp
  4907  .sp
  3588 -To ignore global commands like \%\fBhg version\fP\: or \%\fBhg help\fP\:, you have
  4908 -To ignore global commands like \%\fBhg version\fP\: or \%\fBhg help\fP\:, you have
  3589 +To ignore global commands like \fBhg version\fP or \fBhg help\fP, you have
  4909 +To ignore global commands like \fBhg version\fP or \fBhg help\fP, you have
  3590  to specify them in your user configuration file.
  4910  to specify them in your user configuration file.
  3591  .sp
  4911  .sp
  3592  The \-\-pager=... option can also be used to control when the pager is
  4912  The \-\-pager=... option can also be used to control when the pager is
  3593 @@ -7800,7 +7774,7 @@
  4913 @@ -9917,7 +9907,7 @@
  3594  For example, if you can refer to a revision as "foo", then:
       
  3595  .sp
       
  3596  .nf
       
  3597 -.ft C
       
  3598 +.ft
       
  3599  foo^N = Nth parent of foo
       
  3600  foo^0 = foo
       
  3601  foo^1 = first parent of foo
       
  3602 @@ -7811,7 +7785,7 @@
       
  3603  foo~0 = foo
       
  3604  foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo
       
  3605  foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo
       
  3606 -.ft P
       
  3607 +.ft
       
  3608  .fi
       
  3609  .SS patchbomb
       
  3610  .sp
       
  3611 @@ -7832,7 +7806,7 @@
       
  3612  [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.
  4914  [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.
  3613  .IP \(bu 2
  4915  .IP \(bu 2
  3614  .
  4916  .
  3615 -The patch itself, as generated by \%\fBhg export\fP\:.
  4917 -The patch itself, as generated by \%\fBhg export\fP\:.
  3616 +The patch itself, as generated by \fBhg export\fP.
  4918 +The patch itself, as generated by \fBhg export\fP.
  3617  .UNINDENT
  4919  .UNINDENT
  3618  .sp
  4920  .sp
  3619  Each message refers to the first in the series using the In\-Reply\-To
  4921  Each message refers to the first in the series using the In\-Reply\-To
  3620 @@ -7843,7 +7817,7 @@
  4922 @@ -9928,7 +9918,7 @@
  3621  configuration file:
  4923  configuration file:
  3622  .sp
  4924  .sp
  3623  .nf
  4925  .nf
  3624 -.ft C
  4926 -.ft C
  3625 +.ft
  4927 +.ft
  3626  [email]
  4928  [email]
  3627  from = My Name <my@email>
  4929  from = My Name <my@email>
  3628  to = recipient1, recipient2, ...
  4930  to = recipient1, recipient2, ...
  3629 @@ -7850,13 +7824,13 @@
  4931 @@ -9935,13 +9925,13 @@
  3630  cc = cc1, cc2, ...
  4932  cc = cc1, cc2, ...
  3631  bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ...
  4933  bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ...
  3632  reply\-to = address1, address2, ...
  4934  reply\-to = address1, address2, ...
  3633 -.ft P
  4935 -.ft P
  3634 +.ft
  4936 +.ft
  3640 -Then you can use the \%\fBhg email\fP\: command to mail a series of
  4942 -Then you can use the \%\fBhg email\fP\: command to mail a series of
  3641 +Then you can use the \fBhg email\fP command to mail a series of
  4943 +Then you can use the \fBhg email\fP command to mail a series of
  3642  changesets as a patchbomb.
  4944  changesets as a patchbomb.
  3643  .sp
  4945  .sp
  3644  You can also either configure the method option in the email section
  4946  You can also either configure the method option in the email section
  3645 @@ -7868,13 +7842,13 @@
  4947 @@ -9953,13 +9943,13 @@
  3646  .SS email
  4948  .SS email
  3647  .sp
  4949  .sp
  3648  .nf
  4950  .nf
  3649 -.ft C
  4951 -.ft C
  3650 +.ft
  4952 +.ft
  3657 -\%\fBhg export\fP\:, one per message. The series starts with a "[PATCH 0
  4959 -\%\fBhg export\fP\:, one per message. The series starts with a "[PATCH 0
  3658 +\fBhg export\fP, one per message. The series starts with a "[PATCH 0
  4960 +\fBhg export\fP, one per message. The series starts with a "[PATCH 0
  3659  of N]" introduction, which describes the series as a whole.
  4961  of N]" introduction, which describes the series as a whole.
  3660  .sp
  4962  .sp
  3661  Each patch email has a Subject line of "[PATCH M of N] ...", using
  4963  Each patch email has a Subject line of "[PATCH M of N] ...", using
  3662 @@ -7885,7 +7859,7 @@
  4964 @@ -9970,7 +9960,7 @@
  3663  With the \-d/\-\-diffstat option, if the diffstat program is
  4965  With the \-d/\-\-diffstat option, if the diffstat program is
  3664  installed, the result of running diffstat on the patch is inserted.
  4966  installed, the result of running diffstat on the patch is inserted.
  3665  .sp
  4967  .sp
  3666 -Finally, the patch itself, as generated by \%\fBhg export\fP\:.
  4968 -Finally, the patch itself, as generated by \%\fBhg export\fP\:.
  3667 +Finally, the patch itself, as generated by \fBhg export\fP.
  4969 +Finally, the patch itself, as generated by \fBhg export\fP.
  3668  .sp
  4970  .sp
  3669  With the \-d/\-\-diffstat or \-c/\-\-confirm options, you will be presented
  4971  With the \-d/\-\-diffstat or \-c/\-\-confirm options, you will be presented
  3670  with a final summary of all messages and asked for confirmation before
  4972  with a final summary of all messages and asked for confirmation before
  3671 @@ -7923,7 +7897,7 @@
  4973 @@ -10010,7 +10000,7 @@
  3672  Examples:
  4974  Examples:
  3673  .sp
  4975  .sp
  3674  .nf
  4976  .nf
  3675 -.ft C
  4977 -.ft C
  3676 +.ft
  4978 +.ft
  3677  hg email \-r 3000          # send patch 3000 only
  4979  hg email \-r 3000          # send patch 3000 only
  3678  hg email \-r 3000 \-r 3001  # send patches 3000 and 3001
  4980  hg email \-r 3000 \-r 3001  # send patches 3000 and 3001
  3679  hg email \-r 3000:3005     # send patches 3000 through 3005
  4981  hg email \-r 3000:3005     # send patches 3000 through 3005
  3680 @@ -7944,7 +7918,7 @@
  4982 @@ -10031,7 +10021,7 @@
  3681  hg email \-o \-m mbox &&    # generate an mbox file ...
  4983  hg email \-o \-m mbox &&    # generate an mbox file ...
  3682    formail \-s sendmail \e   # ... and use formail to send from the mbox
  4984    formail \-s sendmail \e   # ... and use formail to send from the mbox
  3683      \-bm \-t < mbox         # ... using sendmail
  4985      \-bm \-t < mbox         # ... using sendmail
  3684 -.ft P
  4986 -.ft P
  3685 +.ft
  4987 +.ft
  3686  .fi
  4988  .fi
  3687  .sp
  4989  .sp
  3688  Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your
  4990  Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your
  3689 @@ -8077,7 +8051,7 @@
  4991 @@ -10168,7 +10158,7 @@
  3690  The following settings are available:
  4992  The following settings are available:
  3691  .sp
  4993  .sp
  3692  .nf
  4994  .nf
  3693 -.ft C
  4995 -.ft C
  3694 +.ft
  4996 +.ft
  3695  [progress]
  4997  [progress]
  3696  delay = 3 # number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar
  4998  delay = 3 # number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar
  3697  refresh = 0.1 # time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar
  4999  changedelay = 1 # changedelay: minimum delay before showing a new topic.
  3698 @@ -8084,11 +8058,11 @@
  5000 @@ -10178,11 +10168,11 @@
  3699  format = topic bar number estimate # format of the progress bar
  5001  format = topic bar number estimate # format of the progress bar
  3700  width = <none> # if set, the maximum width of the progress information
  5002  width = <none> # if set, the maximum width of the progress information
  3701                 # (that is, min(width, term width) will be used)
  5003                 # (that is, min(width, term width) will be used)
  3702 -clear\-complete = True # clear the progress bar after it\(aqs done
  5004 -clear\-complete = True # clear the progress bar after it\(aqs done
  3703 -disable = False # if true, don\(aqt show a progress bar
  5005 -disable = False # if true, don\(aqt show a progress bar
  3708 -.ft P
  5010 -.ft P
  3709 +.ft
  5011 +.ft
  3710  .fi
  5012  .fi
  3711  .sp
  5013  .sp
  3712  Valid entries for the format field are topic, bar, number, unit,
  5014  Valid entries for the format field are topic, bar, number, unit,
  3713 @@ -8103,9 +8077,9 @@
  5015 @@ -10197,9 +10187,9 @@
  3714  .SS purge
  5016  .SS purge
  3715  .sp
  5017  .sp
  3716  .nf
  5018  .nf
  3717 -.ft C
  5019 -.ft C
  3718 +.ft
  5020 +.ft
  3720 -.ft P
  5022 -.ft P
  3721 +.ft
  5023 +.ft
  3722  .fi
  5024  .fi
  3723  .sp
  5025  .sp
  3724  Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local
  5026  Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local
  3725 @@ -8115,7 +8089,7 @@
  5027 @@ -10209,7 +10199,7 @@
  3726  .INDENT 0.0
  5028  .INDENT 0.0
  3727  .IP \(bu 2
  5029  .IP \(bu 2
  3728  .
  5030  .
  3729 -Unknown files: files marked with "?" by \%\fBhg status\fP\:
  5031 -Unknown files: files marked with "?" by \%\fBhg status\fP\:
  3730 +Unknown files: files marked with "?" by \fBhg status\fP
  5032 +Unknown files: files marked with "?" by \fBhg status\fP
  3731  .IP \(bu 2
  5033  .IP \(bu 2
  3732  .
  5034  .
  3733  Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless
  5035  Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless
  3734 @@ -8132,7 +8106,7 @@
  5036 @@ -10226,7 +10216,7 @@
  3735  Ignored files (unless \-\-all is specified)
  5037  Ignored files (unless \-\-all is specified)
  3736  .IP \(bu 2
  5038  .IP \(bu 2
  3737  .
  5039  .
  3738 -New files added to the repository (with \%\fBhg add\fP\:)
  5040 -New files added to the repository (with \%\fBhg add\fP\:)
  3739 +New files added to the repository (with \fBhg add\fP)
  5041 +New files added to the repository (with \fBhg add\fP)
  3740  .UNINDENT
  5042  .UNINDENT
  3741  .sp
  5043  .sp
  3742  If directories are given on the command line, only files in these
  5044  If directories are given on the command line, only files in these
  3743 @@ -8180,15 +8154,15 @@
  5045 @@ -10274,15 +10264,15 @@
  3744  repository.
  5046  repository.
  3745  .sp
  5047  .sp
  3746  For more information:
  5048  For more information:
  3747 -\%http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\:
  5049 -\%http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\:
  3748 +http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension
  5050 +http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension
  3757 -.ft P
  5059 -.ft P
  3758 +.ft
  5060 +.ft
  3759  .fi
  5061  .fi
  3760  .sp
  5062  .sp
  3761  Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of
  5063  Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of
  3762 @@ -8201,7 +8175,7 @@
  5064 @@ -10295,7 +10285,7 @@
  3763  same rebase or they will end up with duplicated changesets after
  5065  same rebase or they will end up with duplicated changesets after
  3764  pulling in your rebased changesets.
  5066  pulling in your rebased changesets.
  3765  .sp
  5067  .sp
  3766 -If you don\(aqt specify a destination changeset (\fB\-d/\-\-dest\fP),
  5068 -If you don\(aqt specify a destination changeset (\fB\-d/\-\-dest\fP),
  3767 +If you don't specify a destination changeset (\fB\-d/\-\-dest\fP),
  5069 +If you don't specify a destination changeset (\fB\-d/\-\-dest\fP),
  3768  rebase uses the tipmost head of the current named branch as the
  5070  rebase uses the tipmost head of the current named branch as the
  3769  destination. (The destination changeset is not modified by
  5071  destination. (The destination changeset is not modified by
  3770  rebasing, but new changesets are added as its descendants.)
  5072  rebasing, but new changesets are added as its descendants.)
  3771 @@ -8228,7 +8202,7 @@
  5073 @@ -10322,7 +10312,7 @@
  3772  and source branch is that, unlike \fBmerge\fP, rebase will do
  5074  and source branch is that, unlike \fBmerge\fP, rebase will do
  3773  nothing if you are at the latest (tipmost) head of a named branch
  5075  nothing if you are at the latest (tipmost) head of a named branch
  3774  with two heads. You need to explicitly specify source and/or
  5076  with two heads. You need to explicitly specify source and/or
  3775 -destination (or \fBupdate\fP to the other head, if it\(aqs the head of
  5077 -destination (or \fBupdate\fP to the other head, if it\(aqs the head of
  3776 +destination (or \fBupdate\fP to the other head, if it's the head of
  5078 +destination (or \fBupdate\fP to the other head, if it's the head of
  3777  the intended source branch).
  5079  the intended source branch).
  3778  .sp
  5080  .sp
  3779  If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be
  5081  If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be
  3780 @@ -8290,15 +8264,15 @@
  5082 @@ -10404,25 +10394,25 @@
       
  5083  .SS qrecord
       
  5084  .sp
       
  5085  .nf
       
  5086 -.ft C
       
  5087 +.ft
       
  5088  hg qrecord [OPTION]... PATCH [FILE]...
       
  5089 -.ft P
       
  5090 +.ft
       
  5091  .fi
       
  5092  .sp
       
  5093 -See \%\fBhg help qnew\fP\: & \%\fBhg help record\fP\: for more information and
       
  5094 +See \fBhg help qnew\fP & \fBhg help record\fP for more information and
       
  5095  usage.
  3781  .SS record
  5096  .SS record
  3782  .sp
  5097  .sp
  3783  .nf
  5098  .nf
  3784 -.ft C
  5099 -.ft C
  3785 +.ft
  5100 +.ft
  3795 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  5110 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  3796 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  5111 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date.
  3797  .sp
  5112  .sp
  3798  You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each
  5113  You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each
  3799  modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each
  5114  modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each
  3800 @@ -8306,7 +8280,7 @@
  5115 @@ -10430,7 +10420,7 @@
  3801  possible:
  5116  possible:
  3802  .sp
  5117  .sp
  3803  .nf
  5118  .nf
  3804 -.ft C
  5119 -.ft C
  3805 +.ft
  5120 +.ft
  3806  y \- record this change
  5121  y \- record this change
  3807  n \- skip this change
  5122  n \- skip this change
  3808  
  5123  e \- edit this change manually
  3809 @@ -8318,7 +8292,7 @@
  5124 @@ -10443,7 +10433,7 @@
  3810  q \- quit, recording no changes
  5125  q \- quit, recording no changes
  3811  
  5126  
  3812  ? \- display help
  5127  ? \- display help
  3813 -.ft P
  5128 -.ft P
  3814 +.ft
  5129 +.ft
  3815  .fi
  5130  .fi
  3816  .sp
  5131  .sp
  3817  This command is not available when committing a merge.
  5132  This command is not available when committing a merge.
  3818 @@ -8365,9 +8339,9 @@
  5133 @@ -10510,9 +10500,9 @@
  3819  .SS relink
  5134  .SS relink
  3820  .sp
  5135  .sp
  3821  .nf
  5136  .nf
  3822 -.ft C
  5137 -.ft C
  3823 +.ft
  5138 +.ft
  3825 -.ft P
  5140 -.ft P
  3826 +.ft
  5141 +.ft
  3827  .fi
  5142  .fi
  3828  .sp
  5143  .sp
  3829  When repositories are cloned locally, their data files will be
  5144  When repositories are cloned locally, their data files will be
  3830 @@ -8399,18 +8373,18 @@
  5145 @@ -10544,18 +10534,18 @@
  3831  lot of repositories to act like a scheme, for example:
  5146  lot of repositories to act like a scheme, for example:
  3832  .sp
  5147  .sp
  3833  .nf
  5148  .nf
  3834 -.ft C
  5149 -.ft C
  3835 +.ft
  5150 +.ft
  3848 -.ft P
  5163 -.ft P
  3849 +.ft
  5164 +.ft
  3850  .fi
  5165  .fi
  3851  .sp
  5166  .sp
  3852  Additionally there is support for some more complex schemas, for
  5167  Additionally there is support for some more complex schemas, for
  3853 @@ -8417,10 +8391,10 @@
  5168 @@ -10562,10 +10552,10 @@
  3854  example used by Google Code:
  5169  example used by Google Code:
  3855  .sp
  5170  .sp
  3856  .nf
  5171  .nf
  3857 -.ft C
  5172 -.ft C
  3858 +.ft
  5173 +.ft
  3861 -.ft P
  5176 -.ft P
  3862 +.ft
  5177 +.ft
  3863  .fi
  5178  .fi
  3864  .sp
  5179  .sp
  3865  The syntax is taken from Mercurial templates, and you have unlimited
  5180  The syntax is taken from Mercurial templates, and you have unlimited
  3866 @@ -8432,7 +8406,7 @@
  5181 @@ -10577,7 +10567,7 @@
  3867  For convenience, the extension adds these schemes by default:
  5182  For convenience, the extension adds these schemes by default:
  3868  .sp
  5183  .sp
  3869  .nf
  5184  .nf
  3870 -.ft C
  5185 -.ft C
  3871 +.ft
  5186 +.ft
  3872  [schemes]
  5187  [schemes]
  3873  py = http://hg.python.org/
  5188  py = http://hg.python.org/
  3874  bb = https://bitbucket.org/
  5189  bb = https://bitbucket.org/
  3875 @@ -8439,7 +8413,7 @@
  5190 @@ -10584,7 +10574,7 @@
  3876  bb+ssh = ssh://[email protected]/
  5191  bb+ssh = ssh://[email protected]/
  3877  gcode = https://{1}.googlecode.com/hg/
  5192  gcode = https://{1}.googlecode.com/hg/
  3878  kiln = https://{1}.kilnhg.com/Repo/
  5193  kiln = https://{1}.kilnhg.com/Repo/
  3879 -.ft P
  5194 -.ft P
  3880 +.ft
  5195 +.ft
  3881  .fi
  5196  .fi
  3882  .sp
  5197  .sp
  3883  You can override a predefined scheme by defining a new scheme with the
  5198  You can override a predefined scheme by defining a new scheme with the
  3884 @@ -8451,9 +8425,9 @@
  5199 @@ -10596,13 +10586,14 @@
  3885  .SS share
  5200  .SS share
  3886  .sp
  5201  .sp
  3887  .nf
  5202  .nf
  3888 -.ft C
  5203 -.ft C
  3889 +.ft
  5204 +.ft
  3891 -.ft P
  5206 -.ft P
  3892 +.ft
  5207 +.ft
  3893  .fi
  5208  .fi
  3894  .sp
  5209  .sp
  3895  Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its
  5210  Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its
  3896 @@ -8490,9 +8464,9 @@
  5211  history with another repository.
       
  5212 +.RS 0
       
  5213  .IP Note
       
  5214  .
       
  5215  using rollback or extensions that destroy/modify history (mq,
       
  5216 @@ -10626,9 +10617,9 @@
       
  5217  .SS unshare
       
  5218  .sp
       
  5219  .nf
       
  5220 -.ft C
       
  5221 +.ft
       
  5222  hg unshare
       
  5223 -.ft P
       
  5224 +.ft
       
  5225  .fi
       
  5226  .sp
       
  5227  Copy the store data to the repo and remove the sharedpath data.
       
  5228 @@ -10644,9 +10635,9 @@
  3897  .SS transplant
  5229  .SS transplant
  3898  .sp
  5230  .sp
  3899  .nf
  5231  .nf
  3900 -.ft C
  5232 -.ft C
  3901 +.ft
  5233 +.ft
  3903 -.ft P
  5235 -.ft P
  3904 +.ft
  5236 +.ft
  3905  .fi
  5237  .fi
  3906  .sp
  5238  .sp
  3907  Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working
  5239  Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working
  3908 @@ -8505,9 +8479,9 @@
  5240 @@ -10659,9 +10650,9 @@
  3909  of the form:
  5241  of the form:
  3910  .sp
  5242  .sp
  3911  .nf
  5243  .nf
  3912 -.ft C
  5244 -.ft C
  3913 +.ft
  5245 +.ft
  3915 -.ft P
  5247 -.ft P
  3916 +.ft
  5248 +.ft
  3917  .fi
  5249  .fi
  3918  .sp
  5250  .sp
  3919  You can rewrite the changelog message with the \-\-filter option.
  5251  You can rewrite the changelog message with the \-\-filter option.
  3920 @@ -8521,7 +8495,7 @@
  5252 @@ -10675,7 +10666,7 @@
  3921  transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the
  5253  transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the
  3922  changesets you want.
  5254  changesets you want.
  3923  .sp
  5255  .sp
  3924 -\%\fBhg transplant \-\-branch REVISION \-\-all\fP\: will transplant the
  5256 -\%\fBhg transplant \-\-branch REVISION \-\-all\fP\: will transplant the
  3925 +\fBhg transplant \-\-branch REVISION \-\-all\fP\: will transplant the
  5257 +\fBhg transplant \-\-branch REVISION \-\-all\fP will transplant the
  3926  selected branch (up to the named revision) onto your current
  5258  selected branch (up to the named revision) onto your current
  3927  working directory.
  5259  working directory.
  3928  .sp
  5260  .sp
  3929 @@ -8530,12 +8504,12 @@
  5261 @@ -10685,14 +10676,14 @@
  3930  of a merged transplant, and you can merge descendants of them
       
  3931  normally instead of transplanting them.
  5262  normally instead of transplanting them.
       
  5263  .sp
       
  5264  Merge changesets may be transplanted directly by specifying the
       
  5265 -proper parent changeset by calling \%\fBhg transplant \-\-parent\fP\:.
       
  5266 +proper parent changeset by calling \fBhg transplant \-\-parent\fP.
  3932  .sp
  5267  .sp
  3933 -If no merges or revisions are provided, \%\fBhg transplant\fP\: will
  5268 -If no merges or revisions are provided, \%\fBhg transplant\fP\: will
  3934 +If no merges or revisions are provided, \fBhg transplant\fP will
  5269 +If no merges or revisions are provided, \fBhg transplant\fP will
  3935  start an interactive changeset browser.
  5270  start an interactive changeset browser.
  3936  .sp
  5271  .sp
  3940 +and then resume where you left off by calling \fBhg transplant
  5275 +and then resume where you left off by calling \fBhg transplant
  3941 +\-\-continue/\-c\fP.
  5276 +\-\-continue/\-c\fP.
  3942  .sp
  5277  .sp
  3943  Options:
  5278  Options:
  3944  .INDENT 0.0
  5279  .INDENT 0.0
  3945 @@ -8624,10 +8598,10 @@
  5280 @@ -10789,10 +10780,10 @@
  3946  You can specify the encoding by config option:
  5281  You can specify the encoding by config option:
  3947  .sp
  5282  .sp
  3948  .nf
  5283  .nf
  3949 -.ft C
  5284 -.ft C
  3950 +.ft
  5285 +.ft
  3953 -.ft P
  5288 -.ft P
  3954 +.ft
  5289 +.ft
  3955  .fi
  5290  .fi
  3956  .sp
  5291  .sp
  3957  It is useful for the users who want to commit with UTF\-8 log message.
  5292  It is useful for the users who want to commit with UTF\-8 log message.
  3958 @@ -8650,7 +8624,7 @@
  5293 @@ -10815,7 +10806,7 @@
  3959  To perform automatic newline conversion, use:
  5294  To perform automatic newline conversion, use:
  3960  .sp
  5295  .sp
  3961  .nf
  5296  .nf
  3962 -.ft C
  5297 -.ft C
  3963 +.ft
  5298 +.ft
  3964  [extensions]
  5299  [extensions]
  3965  win32text =
  5300  win32text =
  3966  [encode]
  5301  [encode]
  3967 @@ -8660,17 +8634,17 @@
  5302 @@ -10825,17 +10816,17 @@
  3968  [decode]
  5303  [decode]
  3969  ** = cleverdecode:
  5304  ** = cleverdecode:
  3970  # or ** = macdecode:
  5305  # or ** = macdecode:
  3971 -.ft P
  5306 -.ft P
  3972 +.ft
  5307 +.ft
  3983 -.ft P
  5318 -.ft P
  3984 +.ft
  5319 +.ft
  3985  .fi
  5320  .fi
  3986  .sp
  5321  .sp
  3987  To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being
  5322  To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being
  3988 @@ -8677,11 +8651,11 @@
  5323 @@ -10842,11 +10833,11 @@
  3989  pushed or pulled:
  5324  pushed or pulled:
  3990  .sp
  5325  .sp
  3991  .nf
  5326  .nf
  3992 -.ft C
  5327 -.ft C
  3993 +.ft
  5328 +.ft
  3997 -.ft P
  5332 -.ft P
  3998 +.ft
  5333 +.ft
  3999  .fi
  5334  .fi
  4000  .SS zeroconf
  5335  .SS zeroconf
  4001  .sp
  5336  .sp
  4002 @@ -8692,23 +8666,23 @@
  5337 @@ -10857,23 +10848,23 @@
  4003  without knowing their actual IP address.
  5338  without knowing their actual IP address.
  4004  .sp
  5339  .sp
  4005  To allow other people to discover your repository using run
  5340  To allow other people to discover your repository using run
  4006 -\%\fBhg serve\fP\: in your repository:
  5341 -\%\fBhg serve\fP\: in your repository:
  4007 +\fBhg serve\fP in your repository:
  5342 +\fBhg serve\fP in your repository:
  4027 -.ft P
  5362 -.ft P
  4028 +.ft
  5363 +.ft
  4029  .fi
  5364  .fi
  4030  .SH FILES
  5365  .SH FILES
  4031  .INDENT 0.0
  5366  .INDENT 0.0
  4032 @@ -8717,7 +8691,7 @@
  5367 @@ -10883,7 +10874,7 @@
  4033  .sp
       
  4034  This file contains regular expressions (one per line) that
       
  4035  describe file names that should be ignored by \fBhg\fP. For details,
       
  4036 -see \%\fBhgignore\fP(5)\:.
       
  4037 +see \fBhgignore\fP(5).
       
  4038  .TP
       
  4039  .B \fB.hgtags\fP
       
  4040  .sp
       
  4041 @@ -8730,7 +8704,7 @@
       
  4042  This file contains defaults and configuration. Values in
  5368  This file contains defaults and configuration. Values in
  4043  \fB.hg/hgrc\fP override those in \fB$HOME/.hgrc\fP, and these override
  5369  \fB.hg/hgrc\fP override those in \fB$HOME/.hgrc\fP, and these override
  4044  settings made in the global \fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP configuration.
  5370  settings made in the global \fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP configuration.
  4045 -See \%\fBhgrc\fP(5)\: for details of the contents and format of these
  5371 -See \%\fBhgrc\fP(5)\: for details of the contents and format of these
  4046 +See \fBhgrc\fP(5) for details of the contents and format of these
  5372 +See \fBhgrc\fP(5) for details of the contents and format of these
  4047  files.
  5373  files.
  4048  .UNINDENT
  5374  .TP
  4049  .sp
  5375  .B \fB.hgignore\fP
  4050 @@ -8737,23 +8711,28 @@
  5376 @@ -10890,13 +10881,13 @@
       
  5377  .sp
       
  5378  This file contains regular expressions (one per line) that
       
  5379  describe file names that should be ignored by \fBhg\fP. For details,
       
  5380 -see \%\fBhgignore\fP(5)\:.
       
  5381 +see \fBhgignore\fP(5).
       
  5382  .TP
       
  5383  .B \fB.hgsub\fP
       
  5384  .sp
       
  5385  This file defines the locations of all subrepositories, and
       
  5386  tells where the subrepository checkouts came from. For details, see
       
  5387 -\%\fBhg help subrepos\fP\:.
       
  5388 +\fBhg help subrepos\fP.
       
  5389  .TP
       
  5390  .B \fB.hgsubstate\fP
       
  5391  .sp
       
  5392 @@ -10911,7 +10902,7 @@
       
  5393  .TP
       
  5394  .B \fB.hg/last\-message.txt\fP
       
  5395  .sp
       
  5396 -This file is used by \%\fBhg commit\fP\: to store a backup of the commit message
       
  5397 +This file is used by \fBhg commit\fP to store a backup of the commit message
       
  5398  in case the commit fails.
       
  5399  .TP
       
  5400  .B \fB.hg/localtags\fP
       
  5401 @@ -10924,23 +10915,28 @@
  4051  Some commands (e.g. revert) produce backup files ending in \fB.orig\fP,
  5402  Some commands (e.g. revert) produce backup files ending in \fB.orig\fP,
  4052  if the \fB.orig\fP file already exists and is not tracked by Mercurial,
  5403  if the \fB.orig\fP file already exists and is not tracked by Mercurial,
  4053  it will be overwritten.
  5404  it will be overwritten.
  4054 +.TP
  5405 +.TP
  4055 +.B /usr/demo/mercurial
  5406 +.B /usr/demo/mercurial
  4079  .sp
  5430  .sp
  4080 -Mailing list: \%http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/mercurial\:
  5431 -Mailing list: \%http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/mercurial\:
  4081 +Mailing list: http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/mercurial
  5432 +Mailing list: http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/mercurial
  4082  .SH COPYING
  5433  .SH COPYING
  4083  .sp
  5434  .sp
  4084  Copyright (C) 2005\-2010 Matt Mackall.
  5435  Copyright (C) 2005\-2012 Matt Mackall.
  4085 --- mercurial-1.8/doc/hgignore.5	Tue Mar  1 14:01:42 2011
  5436 --- mercurial-2.0/doc/hgignore.5	Sat Oct 15 12:31:31 2011
  4086 +++ mercurial-1.8/doc/hgignore.5	Mon Mar  7 21:16:24 2011
  5437 +++ mercurial-2.0/doc/hgignore.5	Sat May 12 17:16:23 2012
  4087 @@ -1,35 +1,9 @@
  5438 @@ -1,35 +1,9 @@
  4088 +'\" t
  5439 +'\" t
  4089  .\" Man page generated from reStructeredText.
  5440  .\" Man page generated from reStructeredText.
  4090  .
  5441  .
  4091  .TH HGIGNORE 5 "" "" "Mercurial Manual"
  5442  .TH HGIGNORE 5 "" "" "Mercurial Manual"
  4119 -.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
  5470 -.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
  4120 -..
  5471 -..
  4121  .SH SYNOPSIS
  5472  .SH SYNOPSIS
  4122  .sp
  5473  .sp
  4123  The Mercurial system uses a file called \fB.hgignore\fP in the root
  5474  The Mercurial system uses a file called \fB.hgignore\fP in the root
  4124 @@ -54,12 +28,12 @@
  5475 @@ -55,12 +29,12 @@
  4125  if any pattern in \fB.hgignore\fP matches \fBa/b/file.c\fP, \fBa/b\fP or \fBa\fP.
       
  4126  .sp
  5476  .sp
  4127  In addition, a Mercurial configuration file can reference a set of
  5477  In addition, a Mercurial configuration file can reference a set of
  4128 -per\-user or global ignore files. See the \%\fBhgrc\fP(5)\: man page for details
  5478  per\-user or global ignore files. See the \fBignore\fP configuration
  4129 +per\-user or global ignore files. See the \fBhgrc\fP(5) man page for details
  5479 -key on the \fB[ui]\fP section of \%\fBhg help config\fP\: for details of how to
  4130  of how to configure these files. Look for the "ignore" entry in the
  5480 +key on the \fB[ui]\fP section of \fBhg help config\fP for details of how to
  4131  "ui" section.
  5481  configure these files.
  4132  .sp
  5482  .sp
  4133 -To control Mercurial\(aqs handling of files that it manages, see the
  5483 -To control Mercurial\(aqs handling of files that it manages, many
  4134 -\%\fBhg\fP(1)\: man page. Look for the \fB\-I\fP and \fB\-X\fP options.
  5484 +To control Mercurial's handling of files that it manages, many
  4135 +To control Mercurial's handling of files that it manages, see the
  5485  commands support the \fB\-I\fP and \fB\-X\fP options; see
  4136 +\fBhg\fP(1) man page. Look for the \fB\-I\fP and \fB\-X\fP options.
  5486 -\%\fBhg help <command>\fP\: and \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\: for details.
       
  5487 +\fBhg help <command>\fP and \fBhg help patterns\fP for details.
  4137  .SH SYNTAX
  5488  .SH SYNTAX
  4138  .sp
  5489  .sp
  4139  An ignore file is a plain text file consisting of a list of patterns,
  5490  An ignore file is a plain text file consisting of a list of patterns,
  4140 @@ -73,9 +47,9 @@
  5491 @@ -74,9 +48,9 @@
  4141  To change the syntax used, use a line of the following form:
  5492  To change the syntax used, use a line of the following form:
  4142  .sp
  5493  .sp
  4143  .nf
  5494  .nf
  4144 -.ft C
  5495 -.ft C
  4145 +.ft
  5496 +.ft
  4147 -.ft P
  5498 -.ft P
  4148 +.ft
  5499 +.ft
  4149  .fi
  5500  .fi
  4150  .sp
  5501  .sp
  4151  where \fBNAME\fP is one of the following:
  5502  where \fBNAME\fP is one of the following:
  4152 @@ -102,7 +76,7 @@
  5503 @@ -98,6 +72,7 @@
       
  5504  the form \fB*.c\fP will match a file ending in \fB.c\fP in any directory,
       
  5505  and a regexp pattern of the form \fB\e.c$\fP will do the same. To root a
       
  5506  regexp pattern, start it with \fB^\fP.
       
  5507 +.RS 0
       
  5508  .IP Note
       
  5509  .
       
  5510  Patterns specified in other than \fB.hgignore\fP are always rooted.
       
  5511 @@ -108,7 +83,7 @@
  4153  Here is an example ignore file.
  5512  Here is an example ignore file.
  4154  .sp
  5513  .sp
  4155  .nf
  5514  .nf
  4156 -.ft C
  5515 -.ft C
  4157 +.ft
  5516 +.ft
  4158  # use glob syntax.
  5517  # use glob syntax.
  4159  syntax: glob
  5518  syntax: glob
  4160  
  5519  
  4161 @@ -113,16 +87,16 @@
  5520 @@ -119,16 +94,16 @@
  4162  # switch to regexp syntax.
  5521  # switch to regexp syntax.
  4163  syntax: regexp
  5522  syntax: regexp
  4164  ^\e.pc/
  5523  ^\e.pc/
  4165 -.ft P
  5524 -.ft P
  4166 +.ft
  5525 +.ft
  4177 -\%\fBhg\fP(1)\:, \%\fBhgrc\fP(5)\:
  5536 -\%\fBhg\fP(1)\:, \%\fBhgrc\fP(5)\:
  4178 +\fBhg\fP(1), \fBhgrc\fP(5)
  5537 +\fBhg\fP(1), \fBhgrc\fP(5)
  4179  .SH COPYING
  5538  .SH COPYING
  4180  .sp
  5539  .sp
  4181  This manual page is copyright 2006 Vadim Gelfer.
  5540  This manual page is copyright 2006 Vadim Gelfer.
  4182 --- mercurial-1.8.1/doc/hgrc.5	Thu Mar 10 09:30:43 2011
  5541 --- mercurial-2.2.1/doc/hgrc.5	Thu May  3 14:06:35 2012
  4183 +++ mercurial-1.8.1/doc/hgrc.5	Mon Mar  7 21:24:26 2011
  5542 +++ mercurial-2.2.1/doc/hgrc.5	Sat May 12 17:18:32 2012
  4184 @@ -1,35 +1,9 @@
  5543 @@ -1,35 +1,9 @@
  4185 +'\" t
  5544 +'\" t
  4186  .\" Man page generated from reStructeredText.
  5545  .\" Man page generated from reStructeredText.
  4187  .
  5546  .
  4188  .TH HGRC 5 "" "" "Mercurial Manual"
  5547  .TH HGRC 5 "" "" "Mercurial Manual"
  4216 -.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
  5575 -.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
  4217 -..
  5576 -..
  4218  .SH SYNOPSIS
  5577  .SH SYNOPSIS
  4219  .sp
  5578  .sp
  4220  The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
  5579  The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
  4221 @@ -44,7 +18,7 @@
  5580 @@ -40,11 +14,11 @@
       
  5581  by \fBname = value\fP entries:
       
  5582  .sp
       
  5583  .nf
       
  5584 -.ft C
       
  5585 +.ft
       
  5586  [ui]
       
  5587  username = Firstname Lastname <[email protected]>
       
  5588  verbose = True
       
  5589 -.ft P
       
  5590 +.ft
       
  5591  .fi
       
  5592  .sp
       
  5593  The above entries will be referred to as \fBui.username\fP and
       
  5594 @@ -65,7 +39,7 @@
  4222  ones.
  5595  ones.
  4223  .sp
  5596  .sp
  4224  .nf
  5597  .nf
  4225 -(Unix, Windows) \fB<repo>/.hg/hgrc\fP
  5598 -(All) \fB<repo>/.hg/hgrc\fP
  4226 +\fB<repo>/.hg/hgrc\fP
  5599 +\fB<repo>/.hg/hgrc\fP
  4227  .fi
  5600  .fi
  4228  .sp
  5601  .sp
  4229  .INDENT 0.0
  5602  .INDENT 0.0
  4230 @@ -53,35 +27,30 @@
  5603 @@ -74,8 +48,8 @@
  4231  Per\-repository configuration options that only apply in a
  5604  Per\-repository configuration options that only apply in a
  4232  particular repository. This file is not version\-controlled, and
  5605  particular repository. This file is not version\-controlled, and
  4233  will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
  5606  will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
  4234 -this file override options in all other configuration files. On
  5607 -this file override options in all other configuration files. On
  4235 -Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn\(aqt belong to a
  5608 -Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn\(aqt
  4236 +this file override options in all other configuration files.
  5609 +this file override options in all other configuration files.
  4237 +Most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't belong to a
  5610 +Most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
  4238  trusted user or to a trusted group. See the documentation for the
  5611  belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See the documentation
  4239 -\%trusted\: section below for more details.
  5612  for the \fB[trusted]\fP section below for more details.
  4240 +trusted section below for more details.
       
  4241  .UNINDENT
  5613  .UNINDENT
       
  5614 @@ -82,30 +56,22 @@
  4242  .UNINDENT
  5615  .UNINDENT
  4243  .sp
  5616  .sp
  4244  .nf
  5617  .nf
       
  5618 -(Plan 9) \fB$home/lib/hgrc\fP
  4245 -(Unix) \fB$HOME/.hgrc\fP
  5619 -(Unix) \fB$HOME/.hgrc\fP
  4246 -(Windows) \fB%USERPROFILE%\e.hgrc\fP
  5620 -(Windows) \fB%USERPROFILE%\e.hgrc\fP
  4247 -(Windows) \fB%USERPROFILE%\eMercurial.ini\fP
  5621 -(Windows) \fB%USERPROFILE%\eMercurial.ini\fP
  4248 -(Windows) \fB%HOME%\e.hgrc\fP
  5622 -(Windows) \fB%HOME%\e.hgrc\fP
  4249 -(Windows) \fB%HOME%\eMercurial.ini\fP
  5623 -(Windows) \fB%HOME%\eMercurial.ini\fP
  4255  .sp
  5629  .sp
  4256 -Per\-user configuration file(s), for the user running Mercurial. On
  5630 -Per\-user configuration file(s), for the user running Mercurial. On
  4257 -Windows 9x, \fB%HOME%\fP is replaced by \fB%APPDATA%\fP. Options in these
  5631 -Windows 9x, \fB%HOME%\fP is replaced by \fB%APPDATA%\fP. Options in these
  4258 -files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
  5632 -files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
  4259 -directory. Options in these files override per\-system and per\-installation
  5633 -directory. Options in these files override per\-system and per\-installation
  4260 -options.
  5634 +Per\-user configuration file, for the user running Mercurial. Options in
  4261 +Per\-user configuration file(s), for the user running Mercurial.
  5635 +this file apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
  4262 +Options in this file apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this
  5636 +directory. Options in this file override per\-system and per\-installation
  4263 +user in any directory. Options in this file override per\-system and
  5637  options.
  4264 +per\-installation options.
       
  4265  .UNINDENT
  5638  .UNINDENT
  4266  .UNINDENT
  5639  .UNINDENT
  4267  .sp
  5640  .sp
  4268  .nf
  5641  .nf
       
  5642 -(Plan 9) \fB/lib/mercurial/hgrc\fP
       
  5643 -(Plan 9) \fB/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP
  4269 -(Unix) \fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP
  5644 -(Unix) \fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP
  4270 -(Unix) \fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP
  5645 -(Unix) \fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP
  4271 +\fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP
  5646 +\fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP
  4272 +\fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP
  5647 +\fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP
  4273  .fi
  5648  .fi
  4274  .sp
  5649  .sp
  4275  .INDENT 0.0
  5650  .INDENT 0.0
  4276 @@ -93,44 +62,6 @@
  5651 @@ -117,46 +83,6 @@
  4277  override per\-installation options.
  5652  override per\-installation options.
  4278  .UNINDENT
  5653  .UNINDENT
  4279  .UNINDENT
  5654  .UNINDENT
  4280 -.sp
  5655 -.sp
  4281 -.nf
  5656 -.nf
       
  5657 -(Plan 9) \fB<install\-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc\fP
       
  5658 -(Plan 9) \fB<install\-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP
  4282 -(Unix) \fB<install\-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP
  5659 -(Unix) \fB<install\-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP
  4283 -(Unix) \fB<install\-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP
  5660 -(Unix) \fB<install\-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP
  4284 -.fi
  5661 -.fi
  4285 -.sp
  5662 -.sp
  4286 -.INDENT 0.0
  5663 -.INDENT 0.0
  4294 -to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory.
  5671 -to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory.
  4295 -.UNINDENT
  5672 -.UNINDENT
  4296 -.UNINDENT
  5673 -.UNINDENT
  4297 -.sp
  5674 -.sp
  4298 -.nf
  5675 -.nf
  4299 -(Windows) \fB<install\-dir>\eMercurial.ini\fP
  5676 -(Windows) \fB<install\-dir>\eMercurial.ini\fP \fBor\fP
  4300 -(Windows) \fB<install\-dir>\ehgrc.d\e*.rc\fP
  5677 -(Windows) \fB<install\-dir>\ehgrc.d\e*.rc\fP \fBor\fP
  4301 -(Windows) \fBHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eMercurial\fP
  5678 -(Windows) \fBHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eMercurial\fP
  4302 -.fi
  5679 -.fi
  4303 -.sp
  5680 -.sp
  4304 -.INDENT 0.0
  5681 -.INDENT 0.0
  4305 -.INDENT 3.5
  5682 -.INDENT 3.5
  4316 -.UNINDENT
  5693 -.UNINDENT
  4317 -.UNINDENT
  5694 -.UNINDENT
  4318  .SH SYNTAX
  5695  .SH SYNTAX
  4319  .sp
  5696  .sp
  4320  A configuration file consists of sections, led by a \fB[section]\fP header
  5697  A configuration file consists of sections, led by a \fB[section]\fP header
  4321 @@ -138,12 +69,12 @@
  5698 @@ -164,12 +90,12 @@
  4322  \fBconfiguration keys\fP):
  5699  \fBconfiguration keys\fP):
  4323  .sp
  5700  .sp
  4324  .nf
  5701  .nf
  4325 -.ft C
  5702 -.ft C
  4326 +.ft
  5703 +.ft
  4331 -.ft P
  5708 -.ft P
  4332 +.ft
  5709 +.ft
  4333  .fi
  5710  .fi
  4334  .sp
  5711  .sp
  4335  Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
  5712  Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
  4336 @@ -155,12 +86,12 @@
  5713 @@ -181,12 +107,12 @@
  4337  will use the value that was configured last. As an example:
  5714  will use the value that was configured last. As an example:
  4338  .sp
  5715  .sp
  4339  .nf
  5716  .nf
  4340 -.ft C
  5717 -.ft C
  4341 +.ft
  5718 +.ft
  4346 -.ft P
  5723 -.ft P
  4347 +.ft
  5724 +.ft
  4348  .fi
  5725  .fi
  4349  .sp
  5726  .sp
  4350  This would set the configuration key named \fBeggs\fP to \fBsmall\fP.
  5727  This would set the configuration key named \fBeggs\fP to \fBsmall\fP.
  4351 @@ -169,7 +100,7 @@
  5728 @@ -196,7 +122,7 @@
  4352  be redefined on the same and/or on different hgrc files. For example:
  5729  example:
  4353  .sp
  5730  .sp
  4354  .nf
  5731  .nf
  4355 -.ft C
  5732 -.ft C
  4356 +.ft
  5733 +.ft
  4357  [foo]
  5734  [foo]
  4358  eggs=large
  5735  eggs=large
  4359  ham=serrano
  5736  ham=serrano
  4360 @@ -184,7 +115,7 @@
  5737 @@ -211,7 +137,7 @@
  4361  ham=prosciutto
  5738  ham=prosciutto
  4362  eggs=medium
  5739  eggs=medium
  4363  bread=toasted
  5740  bread=toasted
  4364 -.ft P
  5741 -.ft P
  4365 +.ft
  5742 +.ft
  4366  .fi
  5743  .fi
  4367  .sp
  5744  .sp
  4368  This would set the \fBeggs\fP, \fBham\fP, and \fBbread\fP configuration keys
  5745  This would set the \fBeggs\fP, \fBham\fP, and \fBbread\fP configuration keys
  4369 @@ -206,9 +137,9 @@
  5746 @@ -233,9 +159,9 @@
  4370  \fBfile\fP. This lets you do something like:
  5747  \fBfile\fP. This lets you do something like:
  4371  .sp
  5748  .sp
  4372  .nf
  5749  .nf
  4373 -.ft C
  5750 -.ft C
  4374 +.ft
  5751 +.ft
  4376 -.ft P
  5753 -.ft P
  4377 +.ft
  5754 +.ft
  4378  .fi
  5755  .fi
  4379  .sp
  5756  .sp
  4380  to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
  5757  to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
  4381 @@ -225,9 +156,9 @@
  5758 @@ -252,9 +178,9 @@
  4382  placed in double quotation marks:
  5759  placed in double quotation marks:
  4383  .sp
  5760  .sp
  4384  .nf
  5761  .nf
  4385 -.ft C
  5762 -.ft C
  4386 +.ft
  5763 +.ft
  4388 -.ft P
  5765 -.ft P
  4389 +.ft
  5766 +.ft
  4390  .fi
  5767  .fi
  4391  .sp
  5768  .sp
  4392  Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
  5769  Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
  4393 @@ -247,17 +178,17 @@
  5770 @@ -278,17 +204,17 @@
  4394  Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:
  5771  Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:
  4395  .sp
  5772  .sp
  4396  .nf
  5773  .nf
  4397 -.ft C
  5774 -.ft C
  4398 +.ft
  5775 +.ft
  4399  <alias> = <command> [<argument]...
  5776  <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
  4400 -.ft P
  5777 -.ft P
  4401 +.ft
  5778 +.ft
  4402  .fi
  5779  .fi
  4403  .sp
  5780  .sp
  4404  For example, this definition:
  5781  For example, this definition:
  4410 -.ft P
  5787 -.ft P
  4411 +.ft
  5788 +.ft
  4412  .fi
  5789  .fi
  4413  .sp
  5790  .sp
  4414  creates a new command \fBlatest\fP that shows only the five most recent
  5791  creates a new command \fBlatest\fP that shows only the five most recent
  4415 @@ -264,9 +195,9 @@
  5792 @@ -295,10 +221,11 @@
  4416  changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:
  5793  changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:
  4417  .sp
  5794  .sp
  4418  .nf
  5795  .nf
  4419 -.ft C
  5796 -.ft C
  4420 +.ft
  5797 +.ft
  4421  stable5 = latest \-b stable
  5798  stable5 = latest \-b stable
  4422 -.ft P
  5799 -.ft P
  4423 +.ft
  5800 +.ft
  4424  .fi
  5801  .fi
       
  5802 +.RS 0
  4425  .IP Note
  5803  .IP Note
  4426  .
  5804  .
  4427 @@ -278,15 +209,15 @@
  5805  It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
  4428  .sp
  5806 @@ -311,9 +238,9 @@
  4429  Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. This section
  5807  run arbitrary commands. As an example,
  4430  allows you to store usernames and passwords for use when logging
  5808  .sp
  4431 -\fIinto\fP HTTP servers. See the \%web\: configuration section if you want to
  5809  .nf
  4432 +\fIinto\fP HTTP servers. See the web configuration section if you want to
  5810 -.ft C
  4433  configure \fIwho\fP can login to your HTTP server.
  5811 +.ft
  4434  .sp
  5812  echo = !echo $@
       
  5813 -.ft P
       
  5814 +.ft
       
  5815  .fi
       
  5816  .sp
       
  5817  will let you do \fBhg echo foo\fP to have \fBfoo\fP printed in your
       
  5818 @@ -320,9 +247,9 @@
       
  5819  terminal. A better example might be:
       
  5820  .sp
       
  5821  .nf
       
  5822 -.ft C
       
  5823 +.ft
       
  5824  purge = !$HG status \-\-no\-status \-\-unknown \-0 | xargs \-0 rm
       
  5825 -.ft P
       
  5826 +.ft
       
  5827  .fi
       
  5828  .sp
       
  5829  which will make \fBhg purge\fP delete all unknown files in the
       
  5830 @@ -340,6 +267,7 @@
       
  5831  alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
       
  5832  \fB$HG_ARGS\fP expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the \fBhg
       
  5833  echo foo\fP call above, \fB$HG_ARGS\fP would expand to \fBecho foo\fP.
       
  5834 +.RS 0
       
  5835  .IP Note
       
  5836  .
       
  5837  Some global configuration options such as \fB\-R\fP are
       
  5838 @@ -375,9 +303,9 @@
  4435  Each line has the following format:
  5839  Each line has the following format:
  4436  .sp
  5840  .sp
  4437  .nf
  5841  .nf
  4438 -.ft C
  5842 -.ft C
  4439 +.ft
  5843 +.ft
  4441 -.ft P
  5845 -.ft P
  4442 +.ft
  5846 +.ft
  4443  .fi
  5847  .fi
  4444  .sp
  5848  .sp
  4445  where \fB<name>\fP is used to group arguments into authentication
  5849  where \fB<name>\fP is used to group arguments into authentication
  4446 @@ -293,7 +224,7 @@
  5850 @@ -384,7 +312,7 @@
  4447  entries. Example:
  5851  entries. Example:
  4448  .sp
  5852  .sp
  4449  .nf
  5853  .nf
  4450 -.ft C
  5854 -.ft C
  4451 +.ft
  5855 +.ft
  4452  foo.prefix = hg.intevation.org/mercurial
  5856  foo.prefix = hg.intevation.org/mercurial
  4453  foo.username = foo
  5857  foo.username = foo
  4454  foo.password = bar
  5858  foo.password = bar
  4455 @@ -303,7 +234,7 @@
  5859 @@ -394,7 +322,7 @@
  4456  bar.key = path/to/file.key
  5860  bar.key = path/to/file.key
  4457  bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
  5861  bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
  4458  bar.schemes = https
  5862  bar.schemes = https
  4459 -.ft P
  5863 -.ft P
  4460 +.ft
  5864 +.ft
  4461  .fi
  5865  .fi
  4462  .sp
  5866  .sp
  4463  Supported arguments:
  5867  Supported arguments:
  4464 @@ -314,7 +245,7 @@
  5868 @@ -405,7 +333,7 @@
  4465  Either \fB*\fP or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
  5869  Either \fB*\fP or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
  4466  The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
  5870  The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
  4467  (where \fB*\fP matches everything and counts as a match of length
  5871  (where \fB*\fP matches everything and counts as a match of length
  4468 -1). If the prefix doesn\(aqt include a scheme, the match is performed
  5872 -1). If the prefix doesn\(aqt include a scheme, the match is performed
  4469 +1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
  5873 +1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
  4470  against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
  5874  against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
  4471  argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
  5875  argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
  4472  .TP
  5876  .TP
  4473 @@ -344,7 +275,7 @@
  5877 @@ -437,7 +365,7 @@
  4474  .B \fBschemes\fP
  5878  .B \fBschemes\fP
  4475  .sp
  5879  .sp
  4476  Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
  5880  Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
  4477 -authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn\(aqt include
  5881 -authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn\(aqt include
  4478 +authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
  5882 +authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
  4479  a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
  5883  a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
  4480  static\-http and static\-https respectively, as well.
  5884  static\-http and static\-https respectively, as well.
  4481  Default: https.
  5885  Default: https.
  4482 @@ -374,7 +305,7 @@
  5886 @@ -467,7 +395,7 @@
  4483  Pipe example:
  5887  Pipe example:
  4484  .sp
  5888  .sp
  4485  .nf
  5889  .nf
  4486 -.ft C
  5890 -.ft C
  4487 +.ft
  5891 +.ft
  4488  [encode]
  5892  [encode]
  4489  # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
  5893  # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
  4490  # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
  5894  # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
  4491 @@ -382,9 +313,9 @@
  5895 @@ -475,9 +403,9 @@
  4492  
  5896  
  4493  [decode]
  5897  [decode]
  4494  # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
  5898  # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
  4495 -# can safely omit "pipe:", because it\(aqs the default)
  5899 -# can safely omit "pipe:", because it\(aqs the default)
  4496 +# can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
  5900 +# can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
  4498 -.ft P
  5902 -.ft P
  4499 +.ft
  5903 +.ft
  4500  .fi
  5904  .fi
  4501  .sp
  5905  .sp
  4502  A \fBtempfile:\fP command is a template. The string \fBINFILE\fP is replaced
  5906  A \fBtempfile:\fP command is a template. The string \fBINFILE\fP is replaced
  4503 @@ -392,12 +323,6 @@
  5907 @@ -485,12 +413,6 @@
  4504  filtered by the command. The string \fBOUTFILE\fP is replaced with the name
  5908  filtered by the command. The string \fBOUTFILE\fP is replaced with the name
  4505  of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
  5909  of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
  4506  the command.
  5910  the command.
  4507 -.IP Note
  5911 -.IP Note
  4508 -.
  5912 -.
  4511 -strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
  5915 -strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
  4512 -.RE
  5916 -.RE
  4513  .sp
  5917  .sp
  4514  This filter mechanism is used internally by the \fBeol\fP extension to
  5918  This filter mechanism is used internally by the \fBeol\fP extension to
  4515  translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
  5919  translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
  4516 @@ -404,20 +329,20 @@
  5920 @@ -497,20 +419,20 @@
  4517  format. We suggest you use the \fBeol\fP extension for convenience.
  5921  format. We suggest you use the \fBeol\fP extension for convenience.
  4518  .SS \fBdefaults\fP
  5922  .SS \fBdefaults\fP
  4519  .sp
  5923  .sp
  4520 -(defaults are deprecated. Don\(aqt use them. Use aliases instead)
  5924 -(defaults are deprecated. Don\(aqt use them. Use aliases instead)
  4521 +(defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead)
  5925 +(defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead)
  4537 -.ft P
  5941 -.ft P
  4538 +.ft
  5942 +.ft
  4539  .fi
  5943  .fi
  4540  .sp
  5944  .sp
  4541  The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
  5945  The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
  4542 @@ -435,7 +360,7 @@
  5946 @@ -529,7 +451,7 @@
  4543  .TP
  5947  .TP
  4544  .B \fBnodates\fP
  5948  .B \fBnodates\fP
  4545  .sp
  5949  .sp
  4546 -Don\(aqt include dates in diff headers.
  5950 -Don\(aqt include dates in diff headers.
  4547 +Don't include dates in diff headers.
  5951 +Don't include dates in diff headers.
  4548  .TP
  5952  .TP
  4549  .B \fBshowfunc\fP
  5953  .B \fBshowfunc\fP
  4550  .sp
  5954  .sp
  4551 @@ -469,22 +394,22 @@
  5955 @@ -563,16 +485,16 @@
  4552  .TP
  5956  .TP
  4553  .B \fBto\fP
  5957  .B \fBto\fP
  4554  .sp
  5958  .sp
  4555 -Optional. Comma\-separated list of recipients\(aq email addresses.
  5959 -Optional. Comma\-separated list of recipients\(aq email addresses.
  4556 +Optional. Comma\-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
  5960 +Optional. Comma\-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
  4566 -Optional. Comma\-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients\(aq
  5970 -Optional. Comma\-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients\(aq
  4567 +Optional. Comma\-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
  5971 +Optional. Comma\-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
  4568  email addresses.
  5972  email addresses.
  4569  .TP
  5973  .TP
  4570  .B \fBmethod\fP
  5974  .B \fBmethod\fP
  4571  .sp
  5975 @@ -617,7 +539,7 @@
  4572  Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is \fBsmtp\fP
       
  4573 -(default), use SMTP (see the \%SMTP\: section for configuration).
       
  4574 +(default), use SMTP (see the SMTP section for configuration).
       
  4575  Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
       
  4576  (takes \fB\-f\fP option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
       
  4577  message on stdin). Normally, setting this to \fBsendmail\fP or
       
  4578 @@ -523,7 +448,7 @@
       
  4579  Email example:
  5976  Email example:
  4580  .sp
  5977  .sp
  4581  .nf
  5978  .nf
  4582 -.ft C
  5979 -.ft C
  4583 +.ft
  5980 +.ft
  4584  [email]
  5981  [email]
  4585  from = Joseph User <[email protected]>
  5982  from = Joseph User <[email protected]>
  4586  method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
  5983  method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
  4587 @@ -530,7 +455,7 @@
  5984 @@ -624,7 +546,7 @@
  4588  # charsets for western Europeans
  5985  # charsets for western Europeans
  4589  # us\-ascii, utf\-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
  5986  # us\-ascii, utf\-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
  4590  charsets = iso\-8859\-1, iso\-8859\-15, windows\-1252
  5987  charsets = iso\-8859\-1, iso\-8859\-15, windows\-1252
  4591 -.ft P
  5988 -.ft P
  4592 +.ft
  5989 +.ft
  4593  .fi
  5990  .fi
  4594  .SS \fBextensions\fP
  5991  .SS \fBextensions\fP
  4595  .sp
  5992  .sp
  4596 @@ -537,7 +462,7 @@
  5993 @@ -631,7 +553,7 @@
  4597  Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
  5994  Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
  4598  enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
  5995  enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
  4599  .sp
  5996  .sp
  4600 -If you know that the extension is already in Python\(aqs search path,
  5997 -If you know that the extension is already in Python\(aqs search path,
  4601 +If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
  5998 +If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
  4602  you can give the name of the module, followed by \fB=\fP, with nothing
  5999  you can give the name of the module, followed by \fB=\fP, with nothing
  4603  after the \fB=\fP.
  6000  after the \fB=\fP.
  4604  .sp
  6001  .sp
  4605 @@ -553,13 +478,13 @@
  6002 @@ -646,13 +568,13 @@
  4606  Example for \fB~/.hgrc\fP:
  6003  Example for \fB~/.hgrc\fP:
  4607  .sp
  6004  .sp
  4608  .nf
  6005  .nf
  4609 -.ft C
  6006 -.ft C
  4610 +.ft
  6007 +.ft
  4615  # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
  6012  # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
  4616  myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
  6013  myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
  4617 -.ft P
  6014 -.ft P
  4618 +.ft
  6015 +.ft
  4619  .fi
  6016  .fi
  4620  .SS \fBhostfingerprints\fP
  6017  .SS \fBformat\fP
  4621  .sp
  6018  .INDENT 0.0
  4622 @@ -573,10 +498,10 @@
  6019 @@ -693,9 +615,9 @@
       
  6020  Each line has the following format:
       
  6021  .sp
       
  6022  .nf
       
  6023 -.ft C
       
  6024 +.ft
       
  6025  <branch>.<argument> = <value>
       
  6026 -.ft P
       
  6027 +.ft
       
  6028  .fi
       
  6029  .sp
       
  6030  where \fB<branch>\fP is the name of the branch being
       
  6031 @@ -702,13 +624,13 @@
       
  6032  customized. Example:
       
  6033  .sp
       
  6034  .nf
       
  6035 -.ft C
       
  6036 +.ft
       
  6037  [graph]
       
  6038  # 2px width
       
  6039  default.width = 2
       
  6040  # red color
       
  6041  default.color = FF0000
       
  6042 -.ft P
       
  6043 +.ft
       
  6044  .fi
       
  6045  .sp
       
  6046  Supported arguments:
       
  6047 @@ -736,7 +658,7 @@
       
  6048  Example \fB.hg/hgrc\fP:
       
  6049  .sp
       
  6050  .nf
       
  6051 -.ft C
       
  6052 +.ft
       
  6053  [hooks]
       
  6054  # update working directory after adding changesets
       
  6055  changegroup.update = hg update
       
  6056 @@ -746,7 +668,7 @@
       
  6057  incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
       
  6058  # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
       
  6059  priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
       
  6060 -.ft P
       
  6061 +.ft
       
  6062  .fi
       
  6063  .sp
       
  6064  Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
       
  6065 @@ -796,7 +718,7 @@
       
  6066  representations of the data internally passed to <command>. \fB$HG_OPTS\fP
       
  6067  is a  dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
       
  6068  defaults). \fB$HG_PATS\fP is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
       
  6069 -failure, the command doesn\(aqt execute and Mercurial returns the failure
       
  6070 +failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
       
  6071  code.
       
  6072  .TP
       
  6073  .B \fBprechangegroup\fP
       
  6074 @@ -897,6 +819,7 @@
       
  6075  in \fB$HG_PARENT2\fP. If the update succeeded, \fB$HG_ERROR=0\fP. If the
       
  6076  update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), \fB$HG_ERROR=1\fP.
       
  6077  .UNINDENT
       
  6078 +.RS 0
       
  6079  .IP Note
       
  6080  .
       
  6081  It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
       
  6082 @@ -905,21 +828,14 @@
       
  6083  Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
       
  6084  generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
       
  6085  .RE
       
  6086 -.IP Note
       
  6087 -.
       
  6088 -Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
       
  6089 -hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, \fB$HG_PARENT2\fP
       
  6090 -will have an empty value under Unix\-like platforms for non\-merge
       
  6091 -changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
       
  6092 -.RE
       
  6093  .sp
       
  6094  The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:
       
  6095  .sp
       
  6096  .nf
       
  6097 -.ft C
       
  6098 +.ft
       
  6099  hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
       
  6100  hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
       
  6101 -.ft P
       
  6102 +.ft
       
  6103  .fi
       
  6104  .sp
       
  6105  Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
       
  6106 @@ -943,10 +859,10 @@
  4623  For example:
  6107  For example:
  4624  .sp
  6108  .sp
  4625  .nf
  6109  .nf
  4626 -.ft C
  6110 -.ft C
  4627 +.ft
  6111 +.ft
  4630 -.ft P
  6114 -.ft P
  4631 +.ft
  6115 +.ft
  4632  .fi
  6116  .fi
  4633  .sp
  6117  .sp
  4634  This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later.
  6118  This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later.
  4635 @@ -620,11 +545,11 @@
  6119 @@ -989,11 +905,11 @@
  4636  Example:
  6120  Example:
  4637  .sp
  6121  .sp
  4638  .nf
  6122  .nf
  4639 -.ft C
  6123 -.ft C
  4640 +.ft
  6124 +.ft
  4644 -.ft P
  6128 -.ft P
  4645 +.ft
  6129 +.ft
  4646  .fi
  6130  .fi
  4647  .SS \fBmerge\-tools\fP
  6131  .SS \fBmerge\-tools\fP
  4648  .sp
  6132  .sp
  4649 @@ -634,7 +559,7 @@
  6133 @@ -1003,7 +919,7 @@
  4650  Example \fB~/.hgrc\fP:
  6134  Example \fB~/.hgrc\fP:
  4651  .sp
  6135  .sp
  4652  .nf
  6136  .nf
  4653 -.ft C
  6137 -.ft C
  4654 +.ft
  6138 +.ft
  4655  [merge\-tools]
  6139  [merge\-tools]
  4656  # Override stock tool location
  6140  # Override stock tool location
  4657  kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
  6141  kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
  4658 @@ -647,7 +572,7 @@
  6142 @@ -1014,9 +930,8 @@
       
  6143  
       
  6144  # Define new tool
  4659  myHtmlTool.args = \-m $local $other $base $output
  6145  myHtmlTool.args = \-m $local $other $base $output
  4660  myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\eFooSoftware\eHtmlMerge
  6146 -myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\eFooSoftware\eHtmlMerge
  4661  myHtmlTool.priority = 1
  6147  myHtmlTool.priority = 1
  4662 -.ft P
  6148 -.ft P
  4663 +.ft
  6149 +.ft
  4664  .fi
  6150  .fi
  4665  .sp
  6151  .sp
  4666  Supported arguments:
  6152  Supported arguments:
  4667 @@ -660,8 +585,7 @@
  6153 @@ -1029,8 +944,7 @@
  4668  .TP
  6154  .TP
  4669  .B \fBexecutable\fP
  6155  .B \fBexecutable\fP
  4670  .sp
  6156  .sp
  4671 -Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.  On Windows,
  6157 -Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.  On Windows,
  4672 -the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} syntax.
  6158 -the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} syntax.
  4673 +Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
  6159 +Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
  4674  Default: the tool name.
  6160  Default: the tool name.
  4675  .TP
  6161  .TP
  4676  .B \fBargs\fP
  6162  .B \fBargs\fP
  4677 @@ -724,32 +648,6 @@
  6163 @@ -1093,42 +1007,15 @@
  4678  .B \fBgui\fP
  6164  .B \fBgui\fP
  4679  .sp
  6165  .sp
  4680  This tool requires a graphical interface to run. Default: False
  6166  This tool requires a graphical interface to run. Default: False
  4681 -.TP
  6167 -.TP
  4682 -.B \fBregkey\fP
  6168 -.B \fBregkey\fP
  4702 -.B \fBregappend\fP
  6188 -.B \fBregappend\fP
  4703 -.sp
  6189 -.sp
  4704 -String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
  6190 -String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
  4705 -the executable name of the tool.
  6191 -the executable name of the tool.
  4706 -Default: None
  6192 -Default: None
  4707  .UNINDENT
  6193 -.UNINDENT
  4708  .SS \fBhooks\fP
       
  4709  .sp
       
  4710 @@ -762,7 +660,7 @@
       
  4711  Example \fB.hg/hgrc\fP:
       
  4712  .sp
       
  4713  .nf
       
  4714 -.ft C
       
  4715 +.ft
       
  4716  [hooks]
       
  4717  # update working directory after adding changesets
       
  4718  changegroup.update = hg update
       
  4719 @@ -770,7 +668,7 @@
       
  4720  incoming =
       
  4721  incoming.email = /my/email/hook
       
  4722  incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
       
  4723 -.ft P
       
  4724 +.ft
       
  4725  .fi
       
  4726  .sp
       
  4727  Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
       
  4728 @@ -820,7 +718,7 @@
       
  4729  representations of the data internally passed to <command>. \fB$HG_OPTS\fP
       
  4730  is a  dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
       
  4731  defaults). \fB$HG_PATS\fP is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
       
  4732 -failure, the command doesn\(aqt execute and Mercurial returns the failure
       
  4733 +failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
       
  4734  code.
       
  4735  .TP
       
  4736  .B \fBprechangegroup\fP
       
  4737 @@ -902,21 +800,14 @@
       
  4738  Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
       
  4739  generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
       
  4740  .RE
       
  4741 -.IP Note
       
  4742 -.
       
  4743 -Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
       
  4744 -hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, \fB$HG_PARENT2\fP
       
  4745 -will have an empty value under Unix\-like platforms for non\-merge
       
  4746 -changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
       
  4747 -.RE
       
  4748  .sp
       
  4749  The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:
       
  4750  .sp
       
  4751  .nf
       
  4752 -.ft C
       
  4753 +.ft
       
  4754  hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
       
  4755  hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
       
  4756 -.ft P
       
  4757 +.ft
       
  4758  .fi
       
  4759  .sp
       
  4760  Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
       
  4761 @@ -988,18 +879,18 @@
       
  4762  .TP
       
  4763  .B \fBlocal_hostname\fP
       
  4764  .sp
       
  4765 -Optional. It\(aqs the hostname that the sender can use to identify
       
  4766 +Optional. It's the hostname that the sender can use to identify
       
  4767  itself to the MTA.
       
  4768  .UNINDENT
       
  4769  .SS \fBpatch\fP
  6194  .SS \fBpatch\fP
  4770  .sp
  6195  .sp
  4771 -Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the \(aqimport\(aq
  6196 -Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the \(aqimport\(aq
  4772 +Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
  6197 +Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
  4773  command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
  6198  command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
  4778 -When set to \(aqstrict\(aq patch content and patched files end of lines
  6203 -When set to \(aqstrict\(aq patch content and patched files end of lines
  4779 +When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
  6204 +When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
  4780  are preserved. When set to \fBlf\fP or \fBcrlf\fP, both files end of
  6205  are preserved. When set to \fBlf\fP or \fBcrlf\fP, both files end of
  4781  lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
  6206  lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
  4782  normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
  6207  normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
  4783 @@ -1031,8 +922,8 @@
  6208 @@ -1159,7 +1046,7 @@
  4784  .SS \fBprofiling\fP
  6209  .UNINDENT
  4785  .sp
  6210  .SS \fBphases\fP
  4786  Specifies profiling format and file output. In this section
  6211  .sp
  4787 -description, \(aqprofiling data\(aq stands for the raw data collected
  6212 -Specifies default handling of phases. See \%\fBhg help phases\fP\: for more
  4788 -during profiling, while \(aqprofiling report\(aq stands for a statistical
  6213 +Specifies default handling of phases. See \fBhg help phases\fP for more
  4789 +description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data collected
  6214  information about working with phases.
  4790 +during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a statistical
       
  4791  text report generated from the profiling data. The profiling is done
       
  4792  using lsprof.
       
  4793  .INDENT 0.0
  6215  .INDENT 0.0
  4794 @@ -1091,9 +982,9 @@
  6216  .TP
  4795  Defines subrepositories source locations rewriting rules of the form:
  6217 @@ -1181,8 +1068,8 @@
       
  6218  supported: an instrumenting profiler (named \fBls\fP), and a sampling
       
  6219  profiler (named \fBstat\fP).
       
  6220  .sp
       
  6221 -In this section description, \(aqprofiling data\(aq stands for the raw data
       
  6222 -collected during profiling, while \(aqprofiling report\(aq stands for a
       
  6223 +In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
       
  6224 +collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
       
  6225  statistical text report generated from the profiling data. The
       
  6226  profiling is done using lsprof.
       
  6227  .INDENT 0.0
       
  6228 @@ -1195,7 +1082,7 @@
       
  6229  .TP
       
  6230  .B \fBls\fP
       
  6231  .sp
       
  6232 -Use Python\(aqs built\-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
       
  6233 +Use Python's built\-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
       
  6234  works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
       
  6235  first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
       
  6236  identify the expensive parts of a non\-trivial function.
       
  6237 @@ -1239,7 +1126,7 @@
       
  6238  .UNINDENT
       
  6239  .SS \fBrevsetalias\fP
       
  6240  .sp
       
  6241 -Alias definitions for revsets. See \%\fBhg help revsets\fP\: for details.
       
  6242 +Alias definitions for revsets. See \fBhg help revsets\fP for details.
       
  6243  .SS \fBserver\fP
       
  6244  .sp
       
  6245  Controls generic server settings.
       
  6246 @@ -1300,7 +1187,7 @@
       
  6247  .TP
       
  6248  .B \fBlocal_hostname\fP
       
  6249  .sp
       
  6250 -Optional. It\(aqs the hostname that the sender can use to identify
       
  6251 +Optional. It's the hostname that the sender can use to identify
       
  6252  itself to the MTA.
       
  6253  .UNINDENT
       
  6254  .SS \fBsubpaths\fP
       
  6255 @@ -1310,9 +1197,9 @@
       
  6256  rewrite rules of the form:
  4796  .sp
  6257  .sp
  4797  .nf
  6258  .nf
  4798 -.ft C
  6259 -.ft C
  4799 +.ft
  6260 +.ft
  4800  <pattern> = <replacement>
  6261  <pattern> = <replacement>
  4801 -.ft P
  6262 -.ft P
  4802 +.ft
  6263 +.ft
  4803  .fi
  6264  .fi
  4804  .sp
  6265  .sp
  4805  Where \fBpattern\fP is a regular expression matching the source and
  6266  where \fBpattern\fP is a regular expression matching a subrepository
  4806 @@ -1102,9 +993,9 @@
  6267 @@ -1321,9 +1208,9 @@
  4807  instance:
  6268  \fBreplacements\fP. For instance:
  4808  .sp
  6269  .sp
  4809  .nf
  6270  .nf
  4810 -.ft C
  6271 -.ft C
  4811 +.ft
  6272 +.ft
  4812  http://server/(.*)\-hg/ = http://hg.server/\e1/
  6273  http://server/(.*)\-hg/ = http://hg.server/\e1/
  4813 -.ft P
  6274 -.ft P
  4814 +.ft
  6275 +.ft
  4815  .fi
  6276  .fi
  4816  .sp
  6277  .sp
  4817  rewrites \fBhttp://server/foo\-hg/\fP into \fBhttp://hg.server/foo/\fP.
  6278  rewrites \fBhttp://server/foo\-hg/\fP into \fBhttp://hg.server/foo/\fP.
  4818 @@ -1112,8 +1003,8 @@
  6279 @@ -1334,7 +1221,7 @@
  4819  All patterns are applied in definition order.
       
  4820  .SS \fBtrusted\fP
  6280  .SS \fBtrusted\fP
  4821  .sp
  6281  .sp
  4822 -Mercurial will not use the settings in the
  6282  Mercurial will not use the settings in the
  4823 -\fB.hg/hgrc\fP file from a repository if it doesn\(aqt belong to a trusted
  6283 -\fB.hg/hgrc\fP file from a repository if it doesn\(aqt belong to a trusted
  4824 +Mercurial will not use the settings in the \fB.hg/hgrc\fP file from a
  6284 +\fB.hg/hgrc\fP file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
  4825 +repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
       
  4826  user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
  6285  user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
  4827  commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
  6286  commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
  4828  hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
  6287  hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
  4829 @@ -1144,7 +1035,7 @@
  6288 @@ -1365,7 +1252,7 @@
  4830  .sp
  6289  .sp
  4831  Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
  6290  Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
  4832  (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
  6291  (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
  4833 -by the \%\fBhg archive\fP\: command or downloaded via hgweb.
  6292 -by the \%\fBhg archive\fP\: command or downloaded via hgweb.
  4834 +by the \fBhg archive\fP command or downloaded via hgweb.
  6293 +by the \fBhg archive\fP command or downloaded via hgweb.
  4835  Default is True.
  6294  Default is True.
  4836  .TP
  6295  .TP
  4837  .B \fBaskusername\fP
  6296  .B \fBaskusername\fP
  4838 @@ -1172,7 +1063,7 @@
  6297 @@ -1393,7 +1280,7 @@
  4839  .TP
  6298  .TP
  4840  .B \fBfallbackencoding\fP
  6299  .B \fBfallbackencoding\fP
  4841  .sp
  6300  .sp
  4842 -Encoding to try if it\(aqs not possible to decode the changelog using
  6301 -Encoding to try if it\(aqs not possible to decode the changelog using
  4843 +Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
  6302 +Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
  4844  UTF\-8. Default is ISO\-8859\-1.
  6303  UTF\-8. Default is ISO\-8859\-1.
  4845  .TP
  6304  .TP
  4846  .B \fBignore\fP
  6305  .B \fBignore\fP
  4847 @@ -1182,7 +1073,7 @@
  6306 @@ -1416,7 +1303,7 @@
  4848  option supports hook syntax, so if you want to specify multiple
       
  4849  ignore files, you can do so by setting something like
       
  4850  \fBignore.other = ~/.hgignore2\fP. For details of the ignore file
       
  4851 -format, see the \%\fBhgignore\fP(5)\: man page.
       
  4852 +format, see the \fBhgignore\fP(5) man page.
       
  4853  .TP
       
  4854  .B \fBinteractive\fP
       
  4855  .sp
       
  4856 @@ -1195,8 +1086,8 @@
       
  4857  .B \fBmerge\fP
  6307  .B \fBmerge\fP
  4858  .sp
  6308  .sp
  4859  The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
  6309  The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
  4860 -For more information on merge tools see \%\fBhg help merge\-tools\fP\:.
  6310 -For more information on merge tools see \%\fBhg help merge\-tools\fP\:.
  4861 -For configuring merge tools see the \%merge\-tools\: section.
       
  4862 +For more information on merge tools see \fBhg help merge\-tools\fP.
  6311 +For more information on merge tools see \fBhg help merge\-tools\fP.
  4863 +For configuring merge tools see the merge\-tools section.
  6312  For configuring merge tools see the \fB[merge\-tools]\fP section.
  4864  .TP
  6313  .TP
  4865  .B \fBpatch\fP
  6314  .B \fBportablefilenames\fP
  4866  .sp
  6315 @@ -1425,7 +1312,7 @@
  4867 @@ -1252,7 +1143,7 @@
  6316  Default is \fBwarn\fP.
       
  6317  If set to \fBwarn\fP (or \fBtrue\fP), a warning message is printed on POSIX
       
  6318  platforms, if a file with a non\-portable filename is added (e.g. a file
       
  6319 -with a name that can\(aqt be created on Windows because it contains reserved
       
  6320 +with a name that can't be created on Windows because it contains reserved
       
  6321  parts like \fBAUX\fP, reserved characters like \fB:\fP, or would cause a case
       
  6322  collision with an existing file).
       
  6323  If set to \fBignore\fP (or \fBfalse\fP), no warning is printed.
       
  6324 @@ -1486,7 +1373,7 @@
  4868  .B \fBusername\fP
  6325  .B \fBusername\fP
  4869  .sp
  6326  .sp
  4870  The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
  6327  The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
  4871 -Typically a person\(aqs name and email address, e.g. \fBFred Widget
  6328 -Typically a person\(aqs name and email address, e.g. \fBFred Widget
  4872 +Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. \fBFred Widget
  6329 +Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. \fBFred Widget
  4873  <[email protected]>\fP. Default is \fB$EMAIL\fP or \fBusername@hostname\fP. If
  6330  <[email protected]>\fP. Default is \fB$EMAIL\fP or \fBusername@hostname\fP. If
  4874  the username in hgrc is empty, it has to be specified manually or
  6331  the username in hgrc is empty, it has to be specified manually or
  4875  in a different hgrc file (e.g. \fB$HOME/.hgrc\fP, if the admin set
  6332  in a different hgrc file (e.g. \fB$HOME/.hgrc\fP, if the admin set
  4876 @@ -1266,7 +1157,7 @@
  6333 @@ -1500,7 +1387,7 @@
  4877  .SS \fBweb\fP
  6334  .SS \fBweb\fP
  4878  .sp
  6335  .sp
  4879  Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
  6336  Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
  4880 -both the builtin webserver (started by \%\fBhg serve\fP\:) and the script you
  6337 -both the builtin webserver (started by \%\fBhg serve\fP\:) and the script you
  4881 +both the builtin webserver (started by \fBhg serve\fP) and the script you
  6338 +both the builtin webserver (started by \fBhg serve\fP) and the script you
  4882  run through a webserver (\fBhgweb.cgi\fP and the derivatives for FastCGI
  6339  run through a webserver (\fBhgweb.cgi\fP and the derivatives for FastCGI
  4883  and WSGI).
  6340  and WSGI).
  4884  .sp
  6341  .sp
  4885 @@ -1282,9 +1173,9 @@
  6342 @@ -1516,9 +1403,9 @@
  4886  command line:
  6343  command line:
  4887  .sp
  6344  .sp
  4888  .nf
  6345  .nf
  4889 -.ft C
  6346 -.ft C
  4890 +.ft
  6347 +.ft
  4892 -.ft P
  6349 -.ft P
  4893 +.ft
  6350 +.ft
  4894  .fi
  6351  .fi
  4895  .sp
  6352  .sp
  4896  Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
  6353  Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
  4897 @@ -1363,7 +1254,7 @@
  6354 @@ -1612,13 +1499,13 @@
  4898  with these certificates. The form must be as follows:
  6355  To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify \fB\-\-insecure\fP from
       
  6356  command line.
       
  6357  .sp
       
  6358 -You can use OpenSSL\(aqs CA certificate file if your platform has
       
  6359 +You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
       
  6360  one. On most Linux systems this will be
       
  6361  \fB/etc/ssl/certs/ca\-certificates.crt\fP. Otherwise you will have to
       
  6362  generate this file manually. The form must be as follows:
  4899  .sp
  6363  .sp
  4900  .nf
  6364  .nf
  4901 -.ft C
  6365 -.ft C
  4902 +.ft
  6366 +.ft
  4903  \-\-\-\-\-BEGIN CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\-
  6367  \-\-\-\-\-BEGIN CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\-
  4904  \&... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
  6368  \&... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
  4905  \-\-\-\-\-END CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\-
  6369  \-\-\-\-\-END CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\-
  4906 @@ -1370,7 +1261,7 @@
  6370 @@ -1625,7 +1512,7 @@
  4907  \-\-\-\-\-BEGIN CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\-
  6371  \-\-\-\-\-BEGIN CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\-
  4908  \&... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
  6372  \&... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
  4909  \-\-\-\-\-END CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\-
  6373  \-\-\-\-\-END CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\-
  4910 -.ft P
  6374 -.ft P
  4911 +.ft
  6375 +.ft
  4912  .fi
  6376  .fi
  4913  .sp
  6377  .TP
  4914  This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. If you wish
  6378  .B \fBcache\fP
  4915 @@ -1378,7 +1269,7 @@
  6379 @@ -1679,7 +1566,7 @@
  4916  version of the ssl library that is available from
       
  4917  \fBhttp://pypi.python.org\fP.
       
  4918  .sp
       
  4919 -You can use OpenSSL\(aqs CA certificate file if your platform has one.
       
  4920 +You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has one.
       
  4921  On most Linux systems this will be \fB/etc/ssl/certs/ca\-certificates.crt\fP.
       
  4922  Otherwise you will have to generate this file manually.
       
  4923  .sp
       
  4924 @@ -1422,7 +1313,7 @@
       
  4925  .TP
  6380  .TP
  4926  .B \fBdescription\fP
  6381  .B \fBdescription\fP
  4927  .sp
  6382  .sp
  4928 -Textual description of the repository\(aqs purpose or contents.
  6383 -Textual description of the repository\(aqs purpose or contents.
  4929 +Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
  6384 +Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
  4930  Default is "unknown".
  6385  Default is "unknown".
  4931  .TP
  6386  .TP
  4932  .B \fBencoding\fP
  6387  .B \fBencoding\fP
  4933 @@ -1462,7 +1353,7 @@
  6388 @@ -1731,7 +1618,7 @@
  4934  .TP
  6389  .TP
  4935  .B \fBprefix\fP
  6390  .B \fBprefix\fP
  4936  .sp
  6391  .sp
  4937 -Prefix path to serve from. Default is \(aq\(aq (server root).
  6392 -Prefix path to serve from. Default is \(aq\(aq (server root).
  4938 +Prefix path to serve from. Default is '' (server root).
  6393 +Prefix path to serve from. Default is '' (server root).
  4939  .TP
  6394  .TP
  4940  .B \fBpush_ssl\fP
  6395  .B \fBpush_ssl\fP
  4941  .sp
  6396  .sp
  4942 @@ -1491,15 +1382,15 @@
  6397 @@ -1760,15 +1647,15 @@
  4943  .UNINDENT
  6398  .UNINDENT
  4944  .SH AUTHOR
  6399  .SH AUTHOR
  4945  .sp
  6400  .sp
  4946 -Bryan O\(aqSullivan <\%[email protected]\:>.
  6401 -Bryan O\(aqSullivan <\%[email protected]\:>.
  4947 +Bryan O'Sullivan <[email protected]>.
  6402 +Bryan O'Sullivan <[email protected]>.
  4954 +\fBhg\fP(1), \fBhgignore\fP(5)
  6409 +\fBhg\fP(1), \fBhgignore\fP(5)
  4955  .SH COPYING
  6410  .SH COPYING
  4956  .sp
  6411  .sp
  4957 -This manual page is copyright 2005 Bryan O\(aqSullivan.
  6412 -This manual page is copyright 2005 Bryan O\(aqSullivan.
  4958 +This manual page is copyright 2005 Bryan O'Sullivan.
  6413 +This manual page is copyright 2005 Bryan O'Sullivan.
  4959  Mercurial is copyright 2005\-2010 Matt Mackall.
  6414  Mercurial is copyright 2005\-2012 Matt Mackall.
  4960  Free use of this software is granted under the terms of the GNU General
  6415  Free use of this software is granted under the terms of the GNU General
  4961  Public License version 2 or any later version.
  6416  Public License version 2 or any later version.